fMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I UUi. Ill 1.8 1.25 1.4 ||l.6 ■• 6" - ► Phofejgraphic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 V C^x z CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHIVI/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. L'Institut a microfilmd le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la m^thode normale de filmage sont indiquds ci-dessous. n D D D D n Coloured covers/ Couverture de couieur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagde Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaurde et/ou pellicul^e I I Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque I I Coloured maps/ Cartes gdographiques en couieur r~7| Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couieur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couieur Bound with other material/ Relid avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cuuse shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serr6e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge intdrieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajbutdes lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 filmdes. r~~| Coloured pages/ n D / D Pages de couieur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagdes Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restaurdes et/ou peliiculdes Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages d6color6es, tachetdes ou piqu6es Pages detached/ Pages ddtachdes Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of print varies/ Qualitd indgale de I'impression r~~| Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du materiel supplementaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont 6t6 filmdes d nouveau de facon d obtenir la meilleure image possible. Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppldmentaires; This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X y 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X ^.jf^^mgmA^^ The copy filmed here hes been reproduced thenks to the generosity of: Seminary of Quebec Library L'exempleire filmi fut reproduit grice k la ginirositA de: S6minaire de Quebec Bibliothique The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. Lee images suivantes ont it* reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition at de la nettet* de l'exempleire film*, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Les exemplairee origlnaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimis sont filmis en commenpant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernlAre page qui comporte une umpreinte d'impression ou d'illustratlon, soit par le second plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplairee origlnaux sont filmto. en commenqant par la premiere page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'iliustration et en terminant par la derniire page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol ^»- (meaning "CON- TINUED "), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Un dee symbolee suivants apparattra sur la derniire image de cheque microfiche, seion le cas: le symbols — *• signlfie "A SUiVRE", le symbols y signlfie "FIN". Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many framas as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent Atre filmis i dee taux de reduction diffirents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul clichi, il est filmi A partir de i'angle supirleur gauche, de gauche i droite, et de haut en bas. en prenant le nombre d'images nicessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mithode. 32X 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 Tr -face Title . I 1 ^ / hn- LIGHTS THE AND TIDES OF THE WORLD. BY m A, F. IMRAY, F.R.G.S., and W. H. ROSSaia | £ I 1 WITH A CHART AND NUMEROUS ILLUSTRAlftQiJIe. Trinity Hou.-,e Notices, and the Works issued Jby the French, Spanish, Dutch, Russian, and United States Hydrograpluj Offices. For each part of the work a special introduction has been written. Introduction I., which is copiously illustrated, gives a brief sketch of the History of liighthouses and of Lighthouse Illumination, including also the subject of Beacons and Biu)ys ; appended to this introduction are two useful Tables for Finding the Distance of a Vessel from a Lighthouse. Introduction II. contains a i'ew brief remarks on Tides, illustrated by a Chart showing the progress of the Tide vWave; and by means of the Tables here given, and the Tide-Hom' at F. and C, the Time of High Water for any given day at any given place can be readily found. ,;j The Lights and Tides have been iidvisetUy united in one work as essentially useful to the Mariner, — for exami)le, fwhen apjiroaching a coast and m.vking a light it is equally necessary to recognise the light and to know the state of tide, esj)ecially where the tidal c\irreut is strong, for on that knowledge the very safety of the vessel may depend. April, 18GG. J. F. I. and W. H. R. • N.B. — The AlpUabetical Index (p. j37 — 149) givca the color of tlie Light-towers and Ligbt-vess-jls. CONTENTS. Introduction to LightH, &e ■ V. Lights, &e., of Mediterranean— Black Sea . . .70 1 LIG fiitroductioi to Tides xxiv. „ „ Sea of Azov . . 72 liighlH, &c., of the British lalaiidH .... 1 ,, „ Karaniania and Syria . 73 »» BelKiuni 21 ,, ,, N. Coast of Africa . 74 t« Holland 21 ,, Azores and Canary Islands ... 76 19 Hanover 25 „ Perniuda 70 11 Kiver Elbe 25 Africa— W., S,, and E. Coasts . 77 H Holstelii, Schleawig and Jutland 20 ,, Reunion and Mauritius ... 78 l« Kattegat 27 ,, Arabia and lied Soa .... 79 ^^^-—^^ 1* Little Belt 28 „ India— West or Malabar ('oast . . 79 1. 1 II Great Belt 20 Ceylon 81 Name of Light. )l The Sound 30 ,, India — Coroniandel Coast ... 81 1 M Bornholni 31 Bay of Bengal ( E. Coast) & Malacca Strait 82 i" ""^ i Hanse Towns and Prussia . Russia (Gulf of Finland) 31 32 ,, Indian Archipelago .... 83 ,, Cochin China and China . .' . 84 Hurst, ♦ » Sweden 34 ,, Japan and Tartory Gulf ... 85 1) 1 Norway White Sea 30 39 Kamchatka 80 Australia 80 Diiiigcni'Sr.. ., France— N.W. Coast .... 40 ,, Tasmania 89 •• ,, W. (.'oast .... 40 ,, New Caledonia 90 Lowestoft. 1 t Spain— N. and W. Coasts 49 „ New Zealand 90 Portugal 51 „ Society Islands 91 1 Spain— S. Coast Mediterranean 52 ,, Hawaii Group or Sandwich Islands . 91 ,, British North America ... 92 ,, 1 1* ,. S]iain .... 54 ,, United States 99 ? t „ France 57 „ West India Islands . . . 120 * * ,, Corsica .... 59 ,, Tierra Firnie and Gulf of Mexico . , 123 '» ,, Sardinia CO ,, South America 124 ■' » Italy .... CO ,, North America— W. Coast . . .127 Tees Bay. 1 .1 Sicily .... ()3 „ Appendix to April, 18GC ... 129 ») „ Malta and East Coast of Longitudes from Greenwich, of well-established Italy .... „ Adriatic & Ionian Lslamls C4 C.") Meridians 1,32 JMank pages for recent insertions 133 Itaddonnesa. (River Tay ! ■ „ Grecian Archipelago . 1)7 Alphabetical Index to Lights, &c i;}7 >i ,, Dardanelles & Marn<.ora . C!t Beacons and Buoys, Coast of France .... L')(> ■ 1 ,, Bosphorus . 70 Part II — Tide-Hours .at F. and C. at the principal Ports and Harbours in the World . 1* to 22* . 70 72 . 73 74 . 70 70 77 78 79 79 . 81 81 !a Strait 82 83 84 85 . 80 80 . 89 90 . 90 91 . 91 92 . 99 120 . 123 124 . 127 129 132 . 133 137 . 150 1* to 22* LIGHTS AND TIDES OF THE WORLD ADDENDA TO JANUARY 1st., 18G7. SEE ALSO APPENDIX, PAGES 129-131. 8. Where placed. 6. Position. Lat. Oil till.' jioiiit liitht! fortilica- tiims O I .■)0 42-4 On the Noss Long. 7. Remarks. W. / 1 32 9 Tees Bay, llildiloiincss. (l^ivur Tay) Substituted for old lights. The lights are I'lW yards apart, in a N. K. l)y E. \ E. direction. A light is shown in the lighthouse up the Sok'ut. The lighthouse shows a Red liglit from N.E. by E. \ E. and W. to the land respectively, to mark the anchoring ground on either side of the Ness. In place of low light now removed, Shows lii'd to seaward lietween the bearings of N.N.E. and !^.W. \ S., and WhU,' from those bearings to the shore. A Fog-bell. A lied light is now shown in the high lighthouse, between the bearings of .N.E. \ N. and N.E. i{ E., vX {ibout 12 feet below the white light. The Red light on the north pier- head of the harl)0ur is now masked from the bearing of N.E. by E. \ E. westward to the north. The lights on Bran Sand and Gare lightvessel have been dis- continued. Great changes will probably be effected in the lighting of the river. j New lights of increased power. I The high light nuist be kept open northward of tho low light, bearing N.W. -^ N., to cross the bar. The sands at the entrance have shifted. Page ill Book. 2 LIGHTS AND TIDES OF THE WORLD. 1. Niiiiii' of Litjht. No. of Lightfl, ( 'liikructur, liu. ■ji Height (if Light above thuHoa, 0. Whore pljicctl. Kii StoiT. Dulih Artach. Workiugton, Briatfil Channel, Bristol Channel. Porthcawl. 1 (Intcndod.) 1 (liiti'ndcd.) 1 F. (gas.) 1 K. (flftsiiiv.) ir.«.) \ 1 F. Jted. 1 F. Red. 1 F. Whik, Red «t Green. 2 F. Red. Westcappel. i 1 F, 2F. Hoek of Holland 1 F. Red. Kattegat. i .Svintwdarnc. • ireat Horst. Soninians. Trolh'ljorg. (Hand. '2 F. Red. 1 K. ev. 20 8. 1 U. t'v. inin. •2 V. 1 F. Miles 10 10 10 10 20 4 9 6. PoMition. Lat. Feet. 38 34 37i and 44^ 46 47 and 1)0 19 200 West end of the One-Fathom Bank Naoh High Lighthunse Bridge water Low Light- houHo On sonth-east end of Break- water N. o / 88 15 5 6U 18 51 201 Long. O ' 5 22 6 38 •» 3 17- 1 7. Bkmakkh. 51 24 3 33 On north-west end of Break- water On a sand hill, north of Zoiite- land; S. Ij-)" £. from West- cap] )el light On the sand hills, ininiedi- iitely Moutii of tho^Je named KaaiKluiuen On the Hoek 51 15 51 29 4 20 j Lightvessel in about 12 fms. 3 3 41 -9 E. 51 56 8 4 5-5 At the village of Great Herat On the mole l.fpe udd 56 101 54 5-1 22-5 12 301 15 4-9 13 9-3 56 44-1 I 16 301 In addition to the light on John pier. Both ligiitH are shown while there are 8 feet water in the harbour. Liulitvessel in 8 fathoms, with the wonl "Breaksea" upon itu sides. The ligiit in this building is ]\'/iite ; but a Red light is also shown from it between S. 46° K. and S. ^t^° K., to keep vessels ofl" Breaksea Spit. A Red light is now shown from this building between N. 81° W. and N. 86" W. ; anil also be- tween S 11° W. and S. 18° W. From the lighthouse the light ia White between W. by N. 1 N." and S.W. by W. ] W. ; Red between W. by N. ^ N. and N. W. I N. ; (h-een between S.W. by W. 1 W. and S.E. I S. The White light shows the fairway from westward to the harbour. Shown only when the gate at the harbour entrance is open to vessels. When in one they bear N. :i5i' W. Shown over an arc of 30° (South toS. ;i()° K. from the light.) 377 feet N. 32° W. and .S. 32" E. from each other. The arc il- luminatid is from N. 17° W. to N. 47° W. from the lights (SO") Var 18° 5.-)' ^V. Tin; Trindelen, Kobbergrund, and Anholt Lightvessels are now only removed from their stations when ice in the Kat- tegat is so abundant as to render navigation impossible. Should be always jiassed on its west side. A liell m foggy weather. Substituted for the fixed light. When in one bearing N.E. 4 E. | they lead in. I 'age in B(K)k. It 11 12 15 15 16 15 15 21 21 1. Name of liight. f Itavauger. Pusevig. Fruholni. Calais. Bay of Biscay. Oijon. I Oporto. Es])o/ende. Chiadianallivt Cartagena. Valencia. Rosas Bay. Villanueva Geltru. Marseille. 22 ■w 27 CJape Couron Villa Franca .SO St. John 31 33 35 Calvi. ■bnifacioSti Rapallo Ba} ^ulfofGe" 35 LIGHTS AND TIDES OF THE WORLD. I'ngK in Kmik. II 11 12 Iff 15 IG I A LI 21 21 22 27 .SO 31 33 35 35 Nktno of Flight No. of Li^htH, ('tmrnutcr, &u. iivangLT. UKcvig. fnihnlni. alaiH. f Buy of liiHcay. i)orto. papozende. ailiaiia Rivur, OartaKeiia. Valencia. Hosas Bay. l[fillanueva y Geltru. Marseille. j«jB»i)e Coiiroime. 'Willa Franca. "^. John |telvi. Jtonifacio Strait, liapallo Bay ijGulf of (Icno.a) 1 F. 1 K 1 K. 1 F. 2F. I F'. I{,(L I F. (flash ev. min.) 1 F. Uiid. 2 F. OreeH. I F. 1 F I{>d. 1 F. (/M/flsh.) 1 F. 1 F. (Jieil Ml.) 1 Rev. ev. 20 3. Red. I F. lied. 1 F. Green. 1 F. Red. 1 F. I F. Milua 4 K 20 !» liri^rjlt •fl.iKht ill)uve the Sea. 10 15 7 5 10 10 II 4 4 4 (> 1(1 Feet. 1 48 30 30 4(i •JO 170 4G 43 33 201 •28 40 41 55 47 2tJ 31 97 :{.■) VVhuro itlftced. Valherg Tower VarnaH Point On iHl.'t I'lxtreine of eawt jetty 6. I'oHition. At the eaHt end of tile Hoche Hoiiiii; On the ex- tremity of the niolu of .Santa C'atalina Tower of Nossa Senhora da Luz On the jilatfonn of the old fort South-east ex- tremity of Caiiela Island On I'oint Po- dadera On the end of the east mole Point San Cristobal North extremity of wall of Napoleon Basin On the Cape On the shore On the end of the mole On the head of the east mole At the foot of tlie Cit.iilel Les Moines Mole of Sta Marglierita Liyure Lat. O ' 58 58-3 58 50 8 71 5-7 40 12 43 328 41 O-l 41 31-4 .17 35-7 41 14 43 19-5 43 42-2 43 41 9 43 41-3 12 :i4;{ 41 2S 44 19-7 Lung. 1 Rbmahiu. o ' 44-3 41 •a 23 ffO-4 VV. 1 20-9 5 40-5 8 37-2 8 40-5 58-4 E. 1 44 From Sept. ISth to March 15tli. Two small Rfd lightH t.ro also on thin jetty. The IVhitf light ia shown while there are 9| feet throughout the ohanuul ; a R>d light under this white light indicates 3^ feet more water, a ri'it light above it (i4 feet more water; when the three lightH are shown the depth is 19J Feet. A Lightvcssel in 20 fathuDia. A fogbell. Illuminates an arc (tf 180°. A small Red light is also shown at the end of the north mole of the dock ; it ■ visiblo only from within the Dar. Replaces the old light. Shifted as the bar alters. The lights on Cristina Island have been removed. Old light in battery discontinued, Illumiucites an arc of 110° (Ca(H> Tinoso to Escombrera Island.) Teinporarii. Will be moved as the works progress. Light on Poncella Point changed ("a light of this character. Illuminates an arc of 162°, comprised between S. 72° E. andW. (Varl8°W.) 31 i 18-7 j 186 I 7 20-2 >S 4.")-.". 8 54 9 127 L hjh tluiKHe bu ildiu if. Page in Mook. 37 37 39 45 48 •SO 61 and 130 51 62 54 36 57 57 58 58 59 59 59 50 59 60 LIGHTS AND TIDES OF THE WORLD. 1. Name of Ligbt. }\Q. of Lights, Character, &c. 3. 4. Height ofLiglit r2 above the Sea. > Wliere placed. 6. Position. Lat. Louj?. 7. Remarks. Sardinia. »» San Renio. Ponza Island. Catania. Messina. Tarauto. Palermo. Cape Santa Maria di Leuca Mattinata. Pirano. Ravenna. Black Sea i> River Bug. Kinhurn Pass. IF, 1 F. IF. IF. Oreen. I F. (flash ev. i min.) 1 P. (flash ev. 3 min. ) 1 F. Green- 1 F. Bed. 1 F. 1 F. Red. 1 F. (flash ev. § min. ) 1 F.- (flash ev. 3 uiin.) 2 F. Jied. 1 F. (flash ev. 4 min. ) IF. (flash ev. 2 min.) 1 R. ev. min. IF. 1 F. Jied. 1 F. 1 F. lied. Voloiskaia Spit. Miles 30 23 4 3 20 14 1 27 18 o 10 15 10 8 Feet. 541 204 29 28 90 49 24 335 253 15 85 174 104 29 170 112 Cape Bellavista Cape Sparti- vento At the extrem- ities of the moles Monte Delia (juardiii, at the south end of the Island Sciara rtiscari Salvatore Fort N. by W. from San Ranieri San Paolo Islet Near the ex- tremity of the Cajx' Rossa Point Extremities of tlie i)iers Near Corsini Canal Cape Kouri Near the ex- tremity of Cai)e Kaliakra J'ievers Spit, left bank of ■•iver Si < yards N. E. j K. from the wi.ite light N. O ' 39 55-8 38 52-0 43 48-9 40 53-1 37 29 40 24-4 39 47-7 41 40-8 45 31 2 44 28-9 41 .j2-5 43 21-5 E. o ' 9 43-3 8 50-8 7 40-9 12 57-4 15 5-2 17 10-1 18 23 10 27 13 33 8 12 17 28 4-3 1 Jied liglit not now shown. White light now discontinued. Seen through an arc of 240°, or when bearing from about E. JN. round by north to S.S. W. ! W. Var 11° 20' W. From a vessel moored ofT the mole. Substituted for old light. Par- ticulars of light uncertain. 40 37-7 28 30-3 i 31 45-7 Shown over an arc of 180°, be- tween N.N.E. § E. and S.S.W. 'i\\. iVar4°'35'\V.) Substituted for the Kinburn Beacons, which have been re- moved. When in one they l)ear E. by N. ^N. aiidVV. byS. iS.. di.stant 7 cal)leM nearly ; the Jiid. liglit is the easternmo.st. (Var 4^40' W.) This light is visible between the bearings of JiJ.W. l)y VV. i W. and W. by N. ,i N. It is also exhibited between the line of from Little Oereklea.oiithe west bank of the river, ami S. ji W. ; tins bearing i)a.sHes a cable's lenght westward of Arjinskaia Bank. Page in Book. 00 00 00 02 (>3 03 03 04 04 04 1)5 05 05 70 71 71 71 71 71 «: Name of Light. ■'■'9 I )nie8tr llive ur. ■teaida. ran. Mjanzarote |t'auaries. Maml)o. ^^ Hiuijoewiii) ,i (.lava.) !3Ran(joon. ilMindanao. iHakodadi. LIGHTS AND TIDES OF THE WORLD. I'age ill Book. "r.--- 2. 3. 4. 6. 6. 7. 1 Name of Light. No. of Lights, Cliaracter, &c. Height of Light ahove Where placed. Position. Remarks. Page in Book. .2 > the Sea. Lat. Long. S N. E. '» Miles Feet. ' o / (iO ^niestr lliver. '2 P. 8 34&79 . 46 4-7 30 21-2 These lights are only shown so 71 ()0 2 F. lied. 8 211Si41 long as the navigation is possible. hm. 2¥. 5 about On Battery on 33 17 35 14-8 Vertical. 73 GO 50 the west side of the town ■ 'Saida. 2 F. /Zerf. 5 about Near the south 33 34-3 35 21-5 Vertical. 73 62 02 l)oint of the Island *Orau. 1 F. Green. ■ 3 - Near the ex- tremity of the - - - . 75 63 I mole now con- structing W. 03 ^Xanzarotf 2 F. Hed. - Port Naos 28 57-4 13 33 ■ 76 (hi :-' " 1 F. 12 51 Point Pechi- guera 28 50-9 13 52-4 Illuminates an arc of 223°, com- l)rised between Point Papagayo 70 r 64 "P and N. 13i° W. • ' ;|L'anarie8. "SMaik'ira. 1 R. ev. min. 25 207 Cumjdida point, Palnia Island 28 50 -l 17 40-9 Illuminates an arc of 2.39", coui- prised between Gaviota and Barlovento Points. 70 e. 04 IF. /?er/. 8 112 In Fort on Loo 32 37-7 16 55-1 - . . . . 7(i 04 J Hock, at Funchal ^RtY-rnanclo Po. 1 I"'- 5 . Fernando point, . - No particulars published. 77 or. M Isabel Bay iC'ajif Verde. I R. ev. A niin. 380 Hill, west of 14 43 3 17 32-4 Always visible from Dakar, at a 77 65 ■■•4 the Cajie distance of '){ miles, but from (ioree the fixed light is not 65 % S. E. distinguished. j/" When the light bears W.^iW. ^Watal. 1 Rev. ev. ^uiin 24 292 On the blntr. 29 52-8 31 3 , 7S 7n -1 south side of haul in to the northward for a the entrance the anchorage and anchor in 8^ 71 :-tl to 10 fathoms, with the light '•1 bearing S.W. or S.W. .i S., ■I N. distant one mile. Var 27° W. (1800.) 71 jKatni Ohiri. 1 F. /M. 18 - On an old Fort 10 59 73 15-8 Var O'' 20' E. 80 71 :^Bi'iiitiay. 1 F. - - Khundari Id. - ■ - - Intended. 80 il ,. 1 F. Red. . , In outer light- . ■ • Intended. 80 71 M vessel MfVilombo. I F. 18 134 Chjck-tower in 55 9 79 48-7 Replaces the old light. 81 % the centre of the Fort :MBiuijoe\vangie IF. 8 41 . 8 12-3 114 20-2 When entering the roadstead of 83 H (-'ava.) Banjoewangie steer in with the light bearing West. 71 a|Uaiigoon. Lightvessel. " " " " 10 10 90 19-0 The Lightvessel has been shifted to this jjosition. It now lies in 3.^ fatlioins. 83 ^Mindanao. 1 F. linL 6 32 On the Quay at Sand)oangan 54 122 5-8 - - - - - 84 ' jHHakiidadi. 1 F. 5 21 Extremity of shoal 41 47-5 140 44-0 A lightvessel. 85 1 HKiusiu Island 1 F. (Wood lire) 12 . Isaki point . . Existence doubtful. 85 ^1 (Japan) LIGHTS AND TIDES OP THE WORLD. I' 1. Name of Light. No. of Lights. Character, &v. Adelaide. Geelong. Fitzroy River. Port Curtis. Newcastle (Australia.) Newfoundland. Prince Edward Island. West Quoddv Head Buzzanls Bav. Chesapeake Bay, Albemarle Sound. ( 'ai)e Fear River 1 F. lied. 1 F. Red. 1 F. Red. 1 F. 4F. Ned d- White. 1 R. ev. 4 min. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. Rrd. 1 F IF. 1 F. St. Thoniii.s. N'irgin I s. duration after intervals of 20 s. Lightvessel in 9 fathoms. On screw jjiles in 74f*-'et at int-an \ tide. A screw pile building in 35 t'eet. A screw pile building in 7,^ feet mean tide. The lightvessel lias been removed. The high light illuininates the horizon; the low light only 180°. The light on Bald Head has been discontinued, but the tower remains. A lied light on the buoy on Oxholm Shoal ; a GrifU light on the buoy im Rhode.s Bank. Lighted only for the use of the steamers. S(iiilU) have been established on the innermost white roek in Jaemel Bay. Page in Book. 80 88 89 89 89 92 92 96 99 KM ill 1 1.3 li:t 114 114 121 121 1. Name of Light. baguna de I Terminos. Uver Plate, r'aldivia. ^niqua Rivei t'ai)e Oregor> lAVIG The Princi A'.' rcilis W, [1 the Soien liiilian < Iceaii ■« Pai;t Imtion of tl lliilinieing evi if Places, fetiinhitiiiii lit ^'liiiia ><'as d Indian Oceai I'mpei'Mture [lie Work el In sell icamined ; a kninerous to Jirrctidns tni loinpilod bv The'ii luith iii-^taii tnilian Oceai so 88 8'» 89 89 LIGHTS AND TIDES OF THE WORLD 1. Name of Light. jaguna de I Terminoa. liver Plate. r'aldivia. pniqua River. ::ai)e Gregory. 2. No. of Lights, Character, ^c. 3 4. I iieiglit ^ '.(f Light •g nbove S the Sea. [Miles 1 R. ev. 3 mill. 14 i 1 F. 1 F. (flash.) : 8 1 K. (flash) 15 6. Where placed. 6. Poaition. Lat. Long. 7. Remarks. Feet. 99 121 7.-) I N. 1 W. 10 ' O ' Point Xicalaiigo 18 37 '8 i 91 54-9 j - IS.! I Panela Rock 34 54-6 [ 5G 24-3 \ Lightvessel. Page ill Book. Castle Niebla 39 52 point I N. i On islet oiT the , 43 20 '6 Cape I 73 24-5 - \ The light has been discontinued. 124 22-3 Duration of flash 3 s. ; duration of eclipse 3s. ; intervals between ] flash and eclipse 2 min. PRICE 21s. 123 125 120 127 127 92 92 96 99 KM 111 ll» 113 114 114 121 121 1 3sr D I ^^ IT ooE^^nsr d i re a t o rt "^ THE SEAMAN'S GUIDE TO THE lAVIGATION OF THE INDIAN OCEAN AND CHINA SEA, INCLUDING :, The Principal Ports on the South and East Ooasts of Africa, in the Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal, and on the I Wept and South Ooasts of Australia, together with a ftdl account of all the Islands, By W. H. ROSSER, and J. F. IMRAY, F.R.G.S. /■J.ifcii.siriiy lUnslralid iri/h Wind, Current, and Tract Charts ; Plans of Harbour,-,, Charts of Island.^, ax., (i:(: II ■«n In I •III 01 ■jT't Ch •r Ill in ■C'H •(^^ ]» HIS Wdik is in Two I'arts — one devoted to those Physical PhiMioinena, the study (i which is now so inseparably conno<'t("l witi; tlu' Scieiici! of Navigation ; the otlier being a descriiitioii of, and l?ailing Directions for, the Ports, Harbours, and Lshiiuls ul tlie bail < tcean i'Airr I. coniiirisLH luurL- than a general description of the Air and the Ocean. It enters with considerable detail into the J)is- liiitidn of the Winils ;ind Seasons (Mniisoonsi, and gives a full account of Cycl..iies, and their development in l)oth Hemisphercs- lir.ioiiig every ibpartnient nf Nh'teonilogical Science in its relation to Navigation. Next follow the Tides, with an Alphabetical List I'hu'es, giviiii; the Times i>f High Water at l''ull and Change (if the Moon. The Currents are mighty agents in the acceleration nr iriLitiiiii of a voyatfe ; these, tlierefore, are largely dwelt on, and their strength and approximate boundaries in the Indian Ocean and Ilia Seas deliiied. Tlie region of lee .iiid Icelierg-;, the Northern limit of these dangers to Navigation, and the jiarts of the .Soutliern li.iii Oeean where tliey may be exjieeted in the greatest niimliers, appropriately find a place here. The iSpecifle Ciravity and iii|ier;itui'e of the Water, together witli the Heeji Sea Soundings, are subjects that have not been forgotten ; and then this jiortion ot Worli closes with a lirief survey of Whaling (ironnds. In selecting the mateiials for I'.virr II. — tlie Saii.inu Dikkctions — every recognised authority (English and French) has betMi mined ; and tiie names of Marine Surveyors and Harbour Masters, in many instances already familiar to the Seaman, but ton luiToii.s to mention in this place, will be found a]i]iended to the information furnislie Sea, is called to the above Puhlieation, wliieli lias now readied its Konrtet.'iitli "S ear. I'lverj' hraneli of ^eienl•|■"eolllu•etod with Sliiniiin" emliraeed in its jiages— -Winds and the Law of Storing -Tides and Ciirreiits — .Magiii'tisin and Liie Deviation of thi> Compass Sailing Dircctions-tho Capacities of Harhonrs, kc. ; added to which there is a regnlar Registry of the Establishment of all neW Lights and of changes in those already existing -a List of all new Buoys and Beacons as well as a full account of Rocks and Shoals as they are discovered, together witli new and mon' aecniatedeterniinatinns of the positiiiiis of siicji ef these Dangers as are at first known only by name, On the whole the intelligence is of a varied east, but especially intended to arouse a sjiirit of enciiirv "here that is dormant and stinmiating others to continned research anil careful investigation of all tliat may benelit Navigation and promote Science In collecting the iiifomiation and arranging the materials necessary to reiidi'r this Magazine- a Work of reference, as w( 11 as of general interest, neither lalionr nor exjiense is spareil. Books relative to Nautical AtVairs are reviewed, ami brought constantly to the notice of Seamen. ('orrespondents will, at all times, receive that prompt attention which the nature of their siiliject demands. Vous. I. to XII., BoiM) IN Ci/vni, 7s. (id. E\cu. ISack Ni mbkhs mav also m; uutainkh. PubUshed by JAMES IMRAY & SON, 89, MINORIES, LONDON, Where all ••umDvinh-dlioitH far t/ic " L'di/or'^ arc to ht iii/i/nnin-il. F'rl na] anj tiiil bal S;J foj ill] h:: M Sold by aU Nautical BookFeUers and Instrument Makers in every Seaport In the Kingdom. INTRODUCTION I. ^Y, LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS. la. ce, NE, ii;,'ra)ihy 'if tli" il with Shii>piiig .niliasa— Sailing 11 new lights of Rocks aad ■ Dangt'i-s as an; is dormant, ami ice, as well as of )NDON, TiiK early liistory of Bi:acon Lights for the guidance of Jiiariners is as obscure and mythical as is that of the Mariner's Compass; but it may well be assumed that the advantage of such beacons would not be unappre- ciated ])y those trading nations of antiquity tluit owed a large part of their commerce — and consequent Avealth and greatness — to the maritime enterprise fostered among tliem. Nor is it at all improbable, that while the " watch-tower," by whatever means illuminated, indicated to the seaman his near approach to a well-frequented and populous haven, the majority of the beacons would be little else than " tvood-Jires burnt under an open shed," similar to those of the Japanese in our own time; and though no scientific hydrographer in those days mig])t h.ive CAiutioned the mariner " not to place too much confidence in such lights, especially in wet weather when the fire is replenislied with damp fuel, for it then becomes very dim, and is sometimes temporarily obscured," — this knowledge must often have been acquired by fatal experience. Of the antiquity, liowever, of beacon lights there is no question ; and that some of them must have been of a superior cliaracter is equally certain, else IIoMEii's simile (" lUad," XIX.) when describing the shield of Achilles would be inapplicable : — "So to night-wandering sailors, pale with fear.i, Wide o'er the watery waste a light appears, Which on the far-seen mountain bhazing high, Streams from some hmely watch-tower to the sky."' Rut of all ancient lighthouses the most celebrated was the Pharos of Alexr ndria, built in the reign of Ptoi.kmy PiULADKi-riius, about 300 years before tlio Christian era. It stood on the island of Pharos, whence its name, and consisted of several stories of white stone, having windows in the upper stories looking seawards ; and, Tudess the passage, from Pliuy, where he ex])lains how its coiiliinious light distinguishes it from a star, is misunderstood, it could scarcely have been illuniinated by the ilickeriug llames of an open fire. It is said to have cost a s\im equal to 390,000/. of our money. Stiubo tells oi'a magnificent lighthouse at A^iio, near the harbour of Menestheus (the modern Puerto de Santa Maria), as a guide for the shallows at the mouth of the Guadalquiver ; tradition also indicates that the tower of Corufia (the tower of Hercules) Avas at an early period erected for the use of the Irish in their frequent intercourse with Spain ; while p(>culiar ruins, described in some rather obsci^re passages of our ancient historians, have led to the belief that there were liglithouses at Dover, Boulogne, Flamboro' Head, St. Edmund's Chapel, Norfolk, and a lew other places, — but these are mere conjectures; and," indeed, on the whole, our knowledge both of the light towers of the ancients and of their mode of illuminating them is extremely vague. From the uncertain Ave pass to the certain, and we find that the requirements of navigation, in respect to lighthouses, were not admitted to be of much importance before the middle of the sixteenth century, when the Scaw and the Anhalt island lighthouses were erected by the Danes, and the tower of Cordouan by the French ; vi LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS. but progress in this department was at first very slow, and far from kee])ing i)aco with the rapid development of commercial enterprise, — so much so that all improvements in the construction of the buildings, and in the mode of illumination, are of modern date. Some of the structures and their sites are of especial interest; to these, therefore, we particularly refer. The illuminating apparatus of lighthouses in the time of our forefathers was very different from that which now-a-days casts its welcome gleams afiir Irom sunset to sunrise ; all the early structures were -lighted, either by blazing faggots of wood burned in an open chauffer, or they were open coal fires, which, from the very nature of the material, and its exposed position at the top of the beacon tower, must have been most inefficient when its distant flame would have been most ai)preciated by the storm-tossed mariner. The accomjianying Avoodcut shows the old beacon towci- on the isle of May, at the entrance to the Firth of Forth, Scotland; the suuunit was crowned by a chauffer, in which a coal-fire was burnt during the long period'of 181 years — from 1C35 to 181G ; the fuel was raised to the top by means of a pulley and box, fitted outside the tower. " The consumption of coal in this open chauffer was latterly about four hundred tons per annum ; it was one of the best coal-fires in the kingdom, and three men were employed to keep the bonfire burning; — but its appearance was ever varying; now shooting up in high flames, again enveloped in dense smoke, and never well seen when most required. "When Mu. li. Stevenson visited the island with a view to its purchase by the Commissioners of Northern Lighthouses, he was told l)y the keeper that in violent gales the fire only kindled on the leeward side, and that he was in the habit of putting his arm through the windward bars of the chauffer to steady himself while he supplied the fire with coals, so that in the direction in which it wsis most wanted hardly any light was visible." It is questionable whether such lights were better than none ; but in a . • prospective view, at lejist, it is certain that, had they not been established, our present lighthouse system would not have attained to such perfection. That the changeful aj)pearances >f the chauffer iires were at times positively dangerous, is certain, for, among other disasters, II.M.'s ships Nifmphen and Pallas were wrecked, in December, 1810, near Dunbar, owing to mistaking the light of a lime- kiln on the coast for that of the isle of May. Many of the English lighthouses exhibited coal fires far into the present century, and the last was extin- guished at St. Bees in 1822. The Tour de ConDOUAN. — A light tower that deserves especial notice not only from its antiquitj', but from its architectural grandeiu- — "being unquestionably the noblest edifice of the kind in the world" — is the Tour de Cordouan, at the mouth of the river Gironde, in France. It was commenced in 1584, and completed in IGIO. It consists of a pile of masonry rising in successive galleries, enriched with pilasters and friezes; and around the base of the building is a wall, 134 feet in diameter, which receives the chief shock of the waves. Within the building is a chapel, various apartments, and a spacious staircase; the uppermost gallery is surmounted by a conical tower, terminating in the lantern, above which is an elegant spire. This is one of the lighthouses in which has been exhi1)ited every important imj>rovement in the art of illumination ; — its first light was obtained by burning billets of oak in a chauffer, then coal was substituted for wood ; after- wards a rude tinned reflector wa" placed above the fire, to throv;^ down the light; in 1780, oil lamps and improved reflectors were adopted; and finally, in 1822, the Dioptric apparatus of Fkesnel was introduced. The Eddystone Lighthouse. — The first light-tower on the Eddystone rock was designed by Wm- STANLEY, and constructed of wood ; it was commenced in 1C9G, and completed in 1G98. The lantern was at first fitted at an elevation of 60 feet above the rock, but as the sea broke fairly over the top, its height M'as subseqtiently increased to 120 feet. In November, 1703, the building was under repair, when the great storm of the 26th of that month swept it away, — on which occasion Winstanley and his assistants unhappily perished. LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, ^VND BUOYS. Vll Shortly after the destruction of this lighthouse the Winchelsea ship of war was wrecked on the rock, and most of lier crew were drowned; but nevertheless it was not until 1706 that another tower was projected, under the direction of Rudyeud, Like its predecessor, this was of wood, but or greater strength, and devoid of all architectural decoration ; it lasted till 1755, when it was accidentally destroyed by fire ; the height of this tower, including, the lantern, was 92 feet. No time was lost in replacing a light-tower in a position of such importance, and the eminent engineer, Smeaton, was commissioned to undertake its construction. This time the edifice was to be of stone, which Smeaton justly considered most suitable for the situation; he first landed on the rock in April, 1756, and soon made arrangements for cutting the solid rock into regular horizontal benches for the foundation, which could only bo accomplished at intervals, since not more than five hours' Avork could be done in each tide. In June, 1757, the first stone was laid ; the lower part of the tower, to 12 feet from the base, is a solid mass of masonry, the upper part consists of four rooms, one over the other ; at the top is a gallery and the lantern ; the building was completed in August, 1759, and in October following the light was first exhibited — a feeble light from a chandelier with twenty-four tallow candles. Three years and three-quarters elapsed from the first stroke on the rock until the completion of the edifice as a lighthouse, but the total working time had not been more than 112^ days. From base to vane it is 89 feet, and in its construction were used 1493 blocks of stone, 1800 oak trenails, 4570 wedges, upwards of 1000 joggles, and other fastenings. From that day to this the Eddystone Lighthouse of Smeaton has stood the brunt of many a fearful storm, and is still as firm as the rock on which it is built ; it first demonstrated the fact that a durable and safe building could bo erected on any outlying rock, with a surface barely uncovered for a short time : . . during each tide — let the situation bo ever so much exposed to wind and waves ; and since then, similar structures have been* raised near many a dangerous coast, the last such being on the Alguada reef, in the Bay of Bengal. In September, 1810, candles were extinguished in the Eddystone, and oil substituted — twenty -four Argand lamps, with parabolic reflectors; the last improvement took place in 1845, by the introduction of a Dioptric light of the second order. THE EDDYSTONE lilOHSUOUSK. The Bell Rock Lighthouse. — The success attending the building of the- Eddystone lighthouse was sure to lead to propositions for other structures in situations similarly dangerous to navigation. The Inchcape, or Bell Rock, had borne a bad name for centuries, standing as it does in the fairway of the Firth of Tay. Here, however, notwithstanding that the rock is covered to the depth of 12 feet at high-water springs, Robert Stevenson, the Engineer to the Northern Lighthouse Commissioners, undertook to build a lighthouse after the model of the Eddystone. A foundation having been excavated, 16 feet below high-water springs, the first stone was laid in July, 1808, and the light first exhibited on the night of February 1st, 1811. Here, also, the base is of solid masonry to the height of 30 feet, at which height is the do'or, the ascent being by a massive bronze ladder. The tower is 100 feet high, 42 feet diameter at the base, and 12 feet at the top. Beside carrying a Catoptric light of the first order, a bell is tolled in foggy weather. This lighthouse was erected at the cost of 61,331/. 9s. 2d. The Skekkyvore Lighthouse was constructed by In. Alan St£VENS0N, the present engineer to the Northern Lighthouse Commissioners, and son of the engineer of the Bell Rock lighthouse. Since the eroction of the edifice he has written a work full of interesting details respecting the undertaking, and therefore this description will be given in his own words :— viU LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS. " The Skerryvore Rocks, which lie about 12 miles W.S.W. of tho acaward point of the islo of Tyree, in Argyllshire, were long known as a terror to mariners, owing to the numerous shipwrecks, fatal alike to tho vessels and tho crews, which had occurred in their neighbourhood, A list, confessedly incomplete, enumerates thirty vessels lost in the forty years preceding 1844; but how many others which, during that period, had been reported as ' foundered at sea,' or as to whose fate not even an opinion has been ha/arded, may have been wrecked on this dangerous reef, which lies so much in the track of tho shipping of Liverpool and the Clyde, it would be vain to conjecture. The Commissioners of the Northern Lighthouses had for nuuiy years entertained the project of erecting a lighthouse on the Skerryvore, and with this object had visited it, more especially in the year 1814. The great dilliculty of landing on the rock, which is worn smooth by the continual beat of Atlantic waves, which ri.se with luidiininisbcd power from the deep water near it, held out no cheering prospect; and it was not until the year 1834, when a minute survey of the reef was ordered by the Board, that the idea of commencing this formidable work was seriously embraced. "The reef is composed of numerous rijcks, stretching over a surface of nearly 8 miles from W.S.W. to E.N.E. The main vucleus, which alone jn-esents sufficient surfyce for tho base of a lightho.ise, is naarly 3 miles from the seaward end of the cluster. It is composed of a very compact rock, called gneiss, worn smooth as glass by the incessant play of the waters, and is so small that at high water little remains aroiuui the base of the tower but a narrow band of a few feet in width, and some rugged humps of rock, separated by gullies through which the sea plays almost incessantly. The cutting of the foundation for the tower in this irregular flinty mass occupied nearly two simimers ; and the blasting of tho rock, in so narrow a space, without any shelter from the risk of flying splinters, was attended with much hazard. " In such a situation as that of Skerryvore, everytlung was to be provided beforehand and transported from a distance ; and the omission in the list of wants of even a little clay for the tamping of the mine-holes, nright for a time have entirely stopped the works. Barracks were to be built at the workyard in the neighbouring island of Tyree, and also in the isle of Mull, where the granite for the tower was quarried, ^iors were also built in Mull and Tyree for the shipment and landing of materials ; and at the latter place a harbour or basin, with a reservoir and sluices for scouring the entrance, wore I'ornitd for the accommodation of the small vessel which attends the lighthouse. It was, besides, found necessary, in order to expedite the trans?port of the building materials from Tyree and Midi to Skerryvore Kock, to build a steam-tug, which also served, in the early stages of the work, as a floating barrack for the workmen. In that branch of the service she ran maiiy risks, while she lay moored ofi" the rock in a perilous anchorage, with ta-o-thirds of the horizon of foul grouii(,l, and a rocky and deceitful bottom on which the anchor often tripped. " The operations at Skerryvore were commenced in the summer of 1838, by placing on the rock a wooden barrack. The framework was erected in the course of the sciison on a part of the rock as far removed as possible from the proposed foundation of the lighthouse tower; but in the great gale which occurred on tho night of the 3rd of November following, it was entirely destroyed and swept from the rock, nothing remaining to point out its site but a few broken and twisted iron stancheons, and attiiched to one of them a piece of a beam so shaken and rent by dashing against the rock as lit^irally to resemble a bunch of laths. Thus did one night obliterate the traces of a season's toil, and blast the hopes which the workmen fondly cherished of a stable dwelling on the rock, and of refuge from the miseries of sea-sickness, which the experience of the season had taught many of them to dread more than death itself. After the removal of the roughest part of the foundation of the tower had been nearly completod, during almost two entire seasons, by the party of men who lived on board the vessel while she lay moored off the rock, a second and successful attempt was made to place a second beacon of the same description, but strengthened by a few additional iron ties, and a centre post, in a part of the rock less exposed to the breach of the heaviest waves than tho site of the first barrack had been. This second house braved the storm for several years after the works were fini,-hed, when it was taken down and removed from the rock to prevent any injury from its sudden destruc- tion by the waves. Perched 40 feet above the wave-beaten rock, in this singular abode, the writer, with a goodly company of thirty men, has spent many a weary day and night at those times when the sea prevented any one gomg down to the rock, anxiously looking for supplies from the shore, and earnestly longing for a LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS. ix chanRO of woa*^: favournhle to the rccDmmoncenu'nt of the works. For milc8 around nothing could be sacn but wliito foauirg brcakora, and nothing lioanl but howling wind.q and lashing waves. At sucli scaMoim much of our timo was spent in bod ; for thcro alone wo liad oUbctual slioltor from the wind? and tho spray, wlucli searched every cranny in the walls of the barrack. Our slumbers, too, were at times fearfully interrupted by the sudden pouring of tho sea over tho roof, tho rocking of tho house on. its pillars, and the spurting of water through tho seams of the doors and windows, symptoms which to one suddenly aroused from sound sleep, re- called tho appalling fate of the Ibrmnr barrack, which had been ongulphod in the foam not twenty yards from our dwelling, and for a moment scorned to summon us to a similar fate. On two occasions, in particular, those sensations were so vivid as to cause almost every one to spring out of bed ; and some of tho men fled from the barrack by a temporary gangway, to tho more stable but less comfortable shelter aUbrdod by the bare wall of the lighthouse tower, then unllnisliod, where they spent tho remainder of tho night in tho darkness and the cold. " Tho design for tho Skorryvoro lighthouse was based on that of Smkaton's Eddystono tower, adapted to the peculiar situation and tho circumstances of tho case at tho Skorryvoro, with su'.'h modifications in tho general arrangements and dimensions of the building, as tho enlarged views of the importance of light- houses which prevail in the present day seemed to call for. On those peculiarities it will ha mmecessary to enlarge, it being sufficient in this place to notice a few of tho principal dimensions of tho building, and some circumstances connected with the work. " The quarries in Tyroo having failed to produce an adequate supply of materials for the work, recourse was had to the granite rock of the Ross of Mull, access to whicli, free of all tax or ground-rent, was, in the most liberal manner, granted by the proprietor. His Grace tho Dukk ok Ahoyi.l. This change of operations involved the cost of a separate establishment in the isle of Mull, as well as the expense attending the double reshipmont of the materials, and their transport from Mull to Tyroe, a passage of about 30 miles thi'ough a very rough seaway. " Tlie Skorryvoro tower is 138 feet inches high, 42 feet in diameter at tho base, and IG feet at the top. It contiiins a mass of stone work of about 58,580 cubic feet, or more than double that of the Bell Rock, and not nuich less than Jive times tliat of tho Eddystone. Tho lower part of the tower was built by means of jib-cranes, ami tlie upper part with t-hear-polcs, needles, and a balance-crane. The shear-polos Averc similar to those used by Ssikaton at the Eddystone ; and tho jib-rranes and balance-crane were the same as those which were dosigned for and first employed by Ml!. Ixohkijt Stevenson, in tho erection of tho B(dl Rock lighthouse. The balance-crane used at Skorryvoro, was necessarily somewhat larger than that of the Bell Rock, and was susceptible of Iwing lengthened as the tower rose^ by moans of additional pieces of pillar let in by spigot and faucet joints. On this pillar a frame of iron was placed, capable of revolving freely round it, and carrying two trussed arms .and a double train of barrels and gearing, worked by men standing On stages, which revolved round along with tho framework of tho crane from which thoy hung. On the one -arm hung acylindric weight of cast-iron, which coidd be moved along it by means of the gearing, so as to increase or diminish by leverage its effect as a counterpoise; and on tho other was a roller. The roller was so connected with the weight on tho opposite arm, as to move along Avith it, receding from or approaching to th« centre pillar of iron in the same manner as tho woiglit did. From the roller hiuig a sheave, over which a chain moved, with a hook at the end for raising the stones. When a stone Avas to be raised, the Aveight and tlie sheave Avere drawn out to the end of tho arms of the crane, which projected over tho outside of the Avails of the tower, and they were held in their places by simply locking the gearing Avliich moved them. The second train of gearing Avas then brought into play to Avork the chain Avhich hung over the sheave, and so to raise the stone to a helglit sufficient to clear the top of tho wall. When in that position, the first train of gearing was sloAvly unlocked, and tlie slight declivity iuAvards from the end of the arms formed an inclined plane, along Avhicli the roller carrying the sheave was alloAved sloAvly to move — one man using a break on the gearing to prevent a rapid run — Avhile the fir.st train of gearing AA'as sloAvly Avound by the others, so as to take up the chain Avhich passed over the sheave and thus to keep the stone from descending too Ioav in proportion as it approached the centre of the tower. When the stone so raised had reached such a positionr as to hang right over the Avall, the crane was made to r X LIGHTHOUSES, DEACONS, AXD BUOYS. turn roxintl the centre column in any direetion that was nccesMary, in order to bring it exactly abovo the jilaco where i» wiw to \w set ; and l)y working cither train of goariii^r, it could he moved horizontally or vertically in any way that was rcijuircd. A needfi' is merely a beam projecting from the Iniihling, with a pulley at it« outer end, through wliich a chain in worked by means of a cral) jilaeed insido the tower ; it was used for raising the stonoto such u level as to be within roach of the chain from the balance-crano on the top of tho building. "The mortar used at the Skerryvore was compounde«l of equal parts of limestone (from tho Halkin mountain, near Holywell, in North Wales), burnt and ground at tho works, and of I'ozzolano earth. The mixture was carefully beaten up to tho rccjuircd coiirtiHtcney with sea-water. All tho joints of each course of the building were carefidly lillcd with (/rout, which is cement in a fluid state. "The entire cost of tho lighthouse, including tho purchase of tho Bteam-vcHsel, and tho building of tho harbour at Hynish for tho reception of tho small vessel which now attends tho lighthouse, was 815,1)77/. 17«. 7(/. The illuminating apparattis is Dioptric of the first order, and tho light revolving. " In such a situation as tho Skerryvore, itmnmeruble delays and disappointments were to bo expected by those engaged in tho work ; and tho entire loss of tho fruit of tho first season's labour in tho course of a fow hours, was a good lesson in tho chool of patience, and of trust in something better than an arm of flesh. During our progress, also, cranes and otiier materials were swept away by tho waves; vessels were driven by sudden gales to seek shelter at a distiincc from tho rocky shores A' Mull and Tyree ; and tho workmen were lell on the rock desponding and idle, and destitute of many of the comforts with which a more roomy and sheltered dwelling, and tho neighbourhood of friend'^, are generally connected. Daily risks were rim in landing on the rock in a heavy surf, in blasting the splintery gneiss, or by tho fiilling of eavy bodies from tlie tower on the narrow space below, to which so many persons were necessarily confined. Yet had we not any loss of either life or lindj ; and although our labours wore i)rolonged from dawn to night, and our provisions were chiefly salt, the health of the jjcople, with the exception of u few slight cases of dysentery, was generally good throughout tlio six successive summers of our sojourn on the rock. The close of tlie work was welcomed with thankfulness by all engaged in it ; and our remarkable preservation was viewed, even by many of the most thoughtless, as, in a peculiar manner, tho gracious work of Him by whom 'the very hairs of our heads aro all numbered,' " SKBRRyVOUH UaHTIHHrBE. The proportions of tho Eddystone, Bell Rock, and Skerryvore towers aro respectively ; 1 1 Lighthouae. Height of Tower above first entire course. Contents of Tower., Diainef«r. At Base. At Top. Eddystone . . . Bell Rock . . . j Skerryvore . 1 08 feet. 100 „ 130^ „ 13,343 feet. 28,530 „ 58,580 „ 26 feet. 42 „ 42 „ 15 feet. 15 „ 16 „ It would not greatly interest the seaman to enter into the principles on which thc3e outlying j.nd sea- girt buildings are constructed. It is difficult from Smkaton's description to define clearly the basis on which he proceeded, beyond that of general analogy ; one thing, however, is certain — the Eddystone lighthouse was the first durable structure of the kind erected, and it bears a striking resemblance to the symbol of stability as represented in the contour of the figure of the deity Ptluih of the ancient Egyptians, showing how mind thci S]li| alj dcH ha lar auj daj K.J ani LKaiTHOUSES, DEACONS AND BUOYS. 1 tlu! 1 r«'iM nU itself from nRO to npc. Ai AN SlKVKNSON, from miitlM'timticiil d 'monstration, gives file following nB tlio Num of our kiiowli ■dgft on tho SUl)j( ■ct. "ThutnH tli curve line convex to the axis of the tower, and gradually npi>n)a<-hii!g to parallelism with it; and this is, in fact, a general deHcrii)tion of the Kddystoiie tower devised hy Smkaton." Hut he himself, from the examination of four diflbrent curves— the parabolic, loga- rithmic, hyperbolic, and conchoidal — which might bo used in the constnicti(m of the shaft of such a light- house, and in which the centre of gravity of the mass varies but little from HO feet above the base, choso the third as most Huit;il)lo; and conse(piently the shaft of the Skerryvore ])illar, wldch ho designed and super- intended, " is a solid, generated by the revolution of a rectangular hyperbola about its assymptote as a vertical axis." All this may not be very edifying to the seaman, nevertheless it describes as briefly os possible, and sufKcitMitly for ordinary purposes, tlio architectxiral principle involved ; but from the first to the latest Imilding of the kind — while all display a rcmarkabh^ solidity and coherence of structure — Smkaton's Eddy- stoiu' probably surjiasses the rest in beauty and efVect to the eye, emerging as it does from the sea in a curve singularly coincident with that of the rock on which it is based, and is thus in a manner hf)mogeneous to the rock as well as to itself; this, however, may possibly be the accidetit of position arising from the general contour of the Eddystone rock. These arc triumphs of engineering skill. It is an easy matter to erect a lighthouse on a lofty cliff, on a low promontory, or on a shingle beach ; not so on a rock bari'ly uncovered at low water, in the; face of the long swell of the open ocean, and where the waves thunder on it with a jjresaurt of 3000 to 4000 lbs. on the square foot; yet these difficulties the engineers of our day readily overcome; and, strange to say, those noble structures, in their very strength and mussivcness, enforce the adoption of a form and outline far more elegant than is necessarily retpiired for the less exposed ])uilding; so that it has been truly observed that, '' taken alto- gether, they are perhaps the most perfect specimens of modern architecture which exist. Tall and graceful as the minar of an eastern mosque, they possess far more solidity and beauty of construction, and, in addition to this, their form is as a])propriate to the purpose for which it was designed as anything ever done l)y the Greeks, and, consequently, meets the requirements of good architecture quite as much as a column of the Parthenon." It is scarcely necessary to enumerate all the lighthouses that have been built on these prototypes — the latest, however, is not unworthy of notice. The Ai.oiADA LKiUTUoi'SE on the Alguada reef, southward of the mouth of the liassein river, on the coast of British Birmah, was designed by LlEUT.- Coi.. Ai.KXANDEK FitASEH, on the model of the Skerryvore lighthouse, with alterations to suit the site. The execution of this work is remarkable as having been performed by coolie labour. The Alguada reef is situated in the track of vessels bound to or from the *' rice ports'' of British Birmah, and a warning beacon for that dangerous spot had long been desired ; except in tlie very calmest weather the sea is always breaking over the rocks constituting the reef, and it is certain destruction for a vessel to be cast upon it. It was not only necessary to have the lighthouse of great height, but ample room was requisite for the large establishment which the climate requires ; with sufficient space for stores and provisions for six months, as, during the S.W. Monsoon, it is not only dangerous to approach, but, if approached, landing would be almost impossible. The stone for the structure was at first obtained from the island of algcada rkef lighthousk. Kalegoak, 200 miles distant; but, though good, it did not work well; and to such an extent did tliis become manifest, that it was decided to abandon the quarry at Kalegouk, xU Tjr.lITIIOUaES, DEACONS, AND BUOYS. ^^ and got, tho remnindor r>f tlio Btono from Pnlo Oiibin, nonr Sinniiporo, upwurdd of 1000 niilos; wliilo iht- greatly appre( ed; . ul now that the I'iudaliis and Ushrnlli reels in the Rod Sea have betin lighted, 't is pi .hablo that othc reefs i iiy be sunilarly li<,dited in tho China Sea and in Torres Strait. Tho erection ' a I ^hthouso on such ;. site in olves maki'ig a lase on which to rest it — for a coral reef awash or nearly «o, though a formidable dan^.'er to a Oiip, is not a liard rock that can bo cut and worked by mason.s' tools; on the ontrary, it is in nrmy parts ■*>- hollow and tn'acherous, — and tho upper surface in some places so frini' • that it could not 8U[)p<)rl ^.—--ii pressure within a limited space. A lighthou.sc, therefore, for such a positi i must not be a massive, weigrit »tructure, and it must bo spread over an area as largo as possible. The D.KHAi.is Lir.iiTiiotrsK rests upon twelve pillars of teak IGfeet ' igh, . -ranged in two concentric circl.. These having been fixed in jilaee, their feet merely standing on the .surfac of iho coral, and their heaeli* connected together by a suitable wrought iron framing, the space around thei to the distance of 36 feet wi»f enclosed by a fence of iron jjlates, set on edge (4 feet high), the top of which ri. ?8 to a little above high-water mark. The enclosed space was then filled \, irh a concrete formc'd of Portland < inent, mixed with coral sand Each of tho teak piles has, on each side, a flat shoulder about li feet from its foo . xmdcr whicli a strong beam of timber is laid and solidly bedded in tho concrete. The whole weight of the rructure rests upon the area of the concrete, and does not press unduly upon any limited space. Tho surface if the concrete, being raised above high- water level, forms a convenient dry platform, and the lighthouse stands, as it were, on a small circular islet of artificial stone. The superstructure of the lighthouse consists of a framework of wrought iron, which, as well as that on the IJshrudl reef, was manufactured by >ressrs. G. Fohresteb and Co., at Liverpo'l. The whole was ereqted in their yard, and the .several pieces marked befoi-e it was taken down, so that they might be replaced in their pro])er jiositions. The frame consists of twcnty-lbur upright pieces, arranged like the piles below, in two conc( : trie circles, the uner one being about 12 feet diameter at top and bottom, and the outer one 25 feet at the bottom, diminishing to 18 feet at the top. There are four tiers of uprights, eacli 9 feet in height, and at each tier the uprights are connected by horizontal Avrought-iron beams, forming complete rings. The two circles are further connected by twelve radiating iron girders at each tier, and the whole is connected and riveted together so *a to form a very rigid frame. Each tier forms a floor. Tho area Avithin the inner circle is covered with ca-i-iron plates filled with concrete; the area between the inner and outer circles is floored with open cast-ir.>n graimg^i. The inner circle is completely enclosed by plates of corrugated iron, except the required doors and winn the eye of the mariner." It is not known who first introduced paraboloid mirrors into lighthouses, but the four lights at Bidston and Hoylake, at the entrance to the Mersey, were of this character in 17G;}. After AiiCAND, in 17.S1, had invented the lamp which goes by his name, and which came nearly perfect from his hands— a cylindrical wick, which admits of the flame being supplied with air inside as well as outside, and in which combustion is LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS. xvn greatly aided by a chimney — the method of lighthouse illumination received a considerable impetus. This lamp, with Lenoir's improved reflectors, was first adopted in the tower of Cordouan. But about the same time experiments were being made which, when perfected, were likely to produce still more important changes. BuFFON, CoNDOKCET, and others, were devoting their attention to the improvement of lenses ; subs^equently, experiments were made by Buewster and Fuesnel, and on the advice of the latter the first Dioptric apparatus, illuminated by Argand burners, was established in the Cordouan tower in 1822. Nevertheless, progress was but slow ; the subject of lighthouse illumination did not then command the attention it deserved, and interests also claslied ; so that it is only within the last thirty years — but especially since the appointment, in 1834, of the Royal Commission to Inquire into the Condition and Management of Lights, Buoys, and Beacons — that it has fairly kept pace with the requirements of our continually increasing commerce. Catoptric Lights admit of seven distinct varieties — viz., (X) fixed; (2) revolving white ; (3) revolving red and ivhite ; (4) revolving red and two whites; (5) revolving ivhitc and two reds; {Jo) flashing ; and (7) intermittent. The fixed light exhibit! a steady and uniform appearance; the reflectors used for it are of smaller dimensions than those employed in revolving lights, in order to allow of their being ranged round a circular iron frame, with their axes inclined at such angles as to enable' them to illuminate every part of the horizon. The revolving light is produced by the revolution of a frame with three or four sides, having reflectors of a large size grouped on each side, with their axes parallel ; and as the revolution ex- hibits, once in a given number of seconds or minutes, a light gradually increasing to full strength, and in the same gradual manner decreasing to total darkness, its appearance is extremely well marked ; eighteen, twenty, and even thirty reflectors, according to the requirements, are arranged on the facei of the revolving framework. The succession of red and white lights is produced by the revolution of a frame whose different sides present red and white lights, and these afford three separate distinctions, according to the arrangement — viz., alternate red and white — the succession of two ivhite after one red, and the succession of two red after one white. The flashing liglit is produced in the same manner as the revolving light ; but, by a different construction of the frame, and by a greater quickness of the revolution, a totiiUy different appearance is the result — viz., a rapid succession of bright flashes, the brightest and darkest periods being but momentary. The intermittent liglit is distinguished by bursting suddenly into view, and continuing steady for a short time, after Avliich it is suddenly eclipsed for several seconds; in this case the arrangement is such that by the perpendicular motion of circular shades in front of the reflectors, the light is alternately hidden and dispUiyed. Dioptric Lights arc divided into six orders, in relation to their power and range ; but this subdivision is irrespective of their characteristic appearances, as in each of the orders liglits of identically the same character may be found, differing only in the distance at which they can be seen, and the expense of their maintenance. The six orders of Dioptric lights niiiy be briefly described as follows : — Lights of the first order have an internal radius or focal distance of 36^ inches, and are lighted by a lamp of four concentric wicks, consuming 570 gallons of oil per annum. Lights of the second order have an internal radius of 27 1 inches, and are lighted by a lamp of three concentric wicks, cotisuining 384 gallons of oil per annum. Lights of the third order have an internal radius of 19| inches, and are lighted l)y a lamp of two concentric wicks, consuming 183 gallons of oil per annum. XVIU LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS. i 1 Lights of the fourth order have an iiiterniil nidiusof 9J inches, and are lighted by a lamp of two concentric wicks, consuming IHO gallons of oil per annum. Lights of the fifth order iiave an internal radius of 1\ inches, and Lights of the sixth order have an' internal radius of 6 inches, and are lighted by a lamp con- suming 48 gallons of oil per annum. These orders have also various minute subdivisions. The fourth, fiflli, and sixth generally form harbour lights. As before observed, this distribution into orders merely characterizes the power and range of the lights, and hence different orders are adopted for different localities, according to the position in which the light is to be establislied, whether as a sea-liijht, a secondary IvjUt, or a harbour light. Each of the orders, however, by means of certain combinations which produce various appearances, is susceptible of being distinguished as fixed, fixed varied by fiashes, and revoluimj ; but the second distinguishing term, "fixed varied by flashes," is not correct for all distances, since within a portion of the range a momentary eclipse precedes the flash, and thus " fixed, with short eclipses," becomes more appropriate. The two systems here briefly described — the Catoptric, which implies oil lamps and mirrors, and the Dioptric, which implies oil lamps and lenses, have undergone at different times many modifications ; the two systems also admit of peculiar adaptations, such that they become respectively the Diacatoptric, or the Cata- dioptric, according to the method of combination ; and more recently still we have the azimuthal condensing catadioptric Holophotal apparatus, which is supposed to utilize the whole of the available light; but into the several merits of these it is unnersessary to enter, suffice it to say, that as the name 'of Fkksnel must always be inseparably connected with the Dioptric apparatus, so that of the family of Stevenson will always recur to the mind whenever the combination of the two early systems of lighthouse illumination is spoken of The following sufficiently indicate two of the important modificiitions introduced by ]\Ir. Thomas Stevenson, the brother of the designer and architect of the Skerryvore, the principles of which must be more; or less adopted wherever a good sea light is rt'(piired. The rays passing above or below the band of lenses are caught and sent into the desired direction, not by mirrors, but by totally refracting prisms of glass ; such is the apparatus of the Ilorsburgh lighthouse, erected on the Pedra Branca rock in 1^51 ; and since that date many others of a similar kind have been established both in Great Britain and abroad. In appearance, a fixed apparatus of this character resembles a gigantic bee-hive, the encircling bands of which are made of glass; when of the first order, it is capacious enough for several persons to get inside it at once, and walk round the central lamps, and the. image of the exterior laud- scape may be seen in each separate prism. Again, if the illumination of the whole horizon is not the object sought, but rather the transmission of a particularly bright beam in one or two directions, as frequently hai)pens where there are several navigable but narrow channels, the rays passing towards the undesired quarter are caught by lenses and a row of vertical prisms, and sent exactly along the line where their brilliancy is most essential to the seaman. The sources of light are now-a-days many, but in the principal British lighthouses oil is preferred ; the use of ^as has been advocati'd, and is indeed ad(jpted in some foreign lighthouses, but it does not find favour among our authorities, except for harbour and tidal lights. The lime light—the brilliancy of which is very great, being produced by the incandescence of a piece of lime in an oxy-hydrogen flame— has been tried, but with less success than had been hoped for. The c/ertric light has, however, been established at Dungeness, and with such beneficial results that it is intended it shall be permanent ; it is remarkable for its intensity, anil above all for its penetrating power in foggy weather. A coloured light cannot be obtained except by interposing a coloured medium l>etween the burner and the eye, consequently much liglit is lost ly the absorption of those rays which are held back to produce ihe desired appearance. On this account by far the greatest number of sea lights is of the natural colour. A red LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS. XIX of two light is sometimes introduced for the sake of distinction ; and not unfrequcntly a strip or band of red marks a dangerous shoal spot, while the aea-light is ivhite. The only other colours available are blue and green; but these being visible only at very short distances, are rarely used except as harbour and tidal lights. The distinction required for lights is no less necessary for lighthouses when a ship approaches them by day ; but it cannot be said that much has been accomplished at present towards giving them such a distinctive character that a stranger could at once determine his position in a case where, owing to the prevalence of foggy weather, he has had to depend on dead reckoning in making the land. A succession of these buildings is in some instances wholly white, in others AvhoUy red ; while here and there a few are coloured red and white in horizontal bands, but on no fixed principle. In this work the colour of the liglithouse or light-vessel is given in the Alphabetical Index, p. 137 to 149., The two following Tables will be of service to the Mariner in determining his distance from any lighthouse : — The DISTANCE AT WHICH A LiGiiT IS VISIBLE ABOVE THE HORIZON AT SEA is proportional to the square root of its height. The effect of atmospheric refraction is to increase the distance of visibility by about the eleventh part of that which results from the consideration of the earth's curvature alone. Table I. is calculated with regard to refraction, and shows the distance at ivhich an object of a given height is visible above the sea horizon. Rule. — In order, then, to ascertain the distance of a vessel irom a light just becoming visil)le, add the distance corresponding to the elevation of the light to that corresponding to the height of the observer's eye above the water. Table I. — Fok Finding the Distance at which Objects can be seen at Sea according to their kespective Elevations and the Elevation of the Eye of the Observer. Height Distnnco in Distance in Heieht Distnnce in Distance in Height Distance in Distance in in feet. English miles. nautical miles. in leet. Engliah miles. nautical miles. in I'eet. English miles. nautical miles. 5 2-958 2-565 70 11067 9-598 2.50 20-916 18-14 10 4-184 3-628 75 11-456 9-9r!5 300 22-912 19-87 15 5-123 4-443 80 11-832 10-26 350 24-748 21-46 20 5-916 5-130 85 12-196 10-57 400 26-457 22-94 25 6-614 5-736 90 12-549 10-88 450 28-062 24-33 30 7-245 6-283 95 12-893 11-18 500 29-580 25-65 35 7-826 6-787 100 13-2-28 11-47. 550 31-024 26-90 40 8-366 7-255 110 13-874 12-03 600 32-403 28-10 45 8-874 7-696 120 14-490 12-56 650 33-726 29-25 50 9-354 8-112 130 15-083 13-08 700 35-000 30-28 55 9-811 8-509 140 15-652 13-57 800 37-416 32-45 60 10-246 8-886 150 17-201 11-91 900 3it-836 34-54 65 10-665 9-249 200 18-708 16-22 1000 41-833 36-28 £'x. 1.— Height of Bishop Rock (Scilly) light 110 feet, visible • *• . 12-03 nautical miles. Add, for height of observer's eye, 15 feet 4-4-1 ,, Distance of Bishop Rock light 16-47 nautical niilea. Ex.2. — Height of Black Rock (Ireland) light 283 feet, vLsible 19 nautical miles. Add, for height of eye, at masthead, 60 feet 9 „ Distance of Black Rock light, nearly 28 nautical miles. XX LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS, 3 ! N.B.— If desirous of ascertaining the height of a light, such that it may be visible at a given distance,— seek for the number corresponding to the height of the observer's eye, and deduct it from the proposed range of the light; then, opposite the remainder, in the column of "distance," the required height will be found in the column of " heights." For the use of Table II. the elements are— two bearings of a lighthouse, and the course and distance made good in the interval between taking the bearings. N.B. The difference of the bearings should not be less than two or three points. ]f^,jg_ Under the number of points contiiined between the course and second bearing, and opposite to the difference between the coiu-se and first bearing, will be found a number which, multiplied by the miles made good, will give the distance (in miles) at the time the last bearing was taken. Table H.—For Finding the Distance of an Object by Two Bearings, and the Distance Run between them. Difference between the Course and 2nd Bearing in Points of the Compass. 4 1-00 H 5 i 5i 6 6i 1 7 1 7^ 8 1 H| t) 9^ 10 m 11 lU 0-40 0-48 12 0-41 0-49 12 i- Points Difference between the Course and 1st Bearing in Points of the Compass. 0-81 1-23 0-691 0-60 1-OOi 0-85 1 0-54 0-74 0-49 0-67 0-46| 0-43 0-61 0-57 0-41 0-40 0-53 0-51 0-39 0-49 0-38 0-48 0-3e 0-38 0-47 0-47 0-39 0-47 0-43 0-51 2 2h 1-45 117 1-66 1-00 1-35 0-88 1-14 0-79 0-72 rOOi 0-90 1 0-67 0-82 0-63 0-76 0-60 0-72 0-58 0-69 0-57 0-66 0-56 0-65 0-56 0-64 0-56 0-64 0-57 0-64 0-58 0-65 3 3^ 1-85 1-50 2-02 1-27 1-64 1-11 1-39 1-00 1-22 0-92 1-09 0-85 1-00 0-80 0-93 0-76 0-88 0-74 0-84 0-72 0-81 0-71 0-79 0-71 0-78 0-71 0-78 4 4i- 2-17 1-77 2-30 1-50 1-87 1-31 1-58 1-18 1-39 1-08 1-25 1-00 114 0-94 1-06 0-90 1-00 0-87 0-95 0-85 0-83 0-92 0-90 6 2-41 1-96 2-50 1-66 2-03 1-46 1-72 1-31 1-51 1-19 1-35 1-11 1-24 1-05 1-15 1-00 1-08 0-97 1-03 6 2-56 2-08 2-60 1-76 2-11 1-55 1-79 1-39 1-57 1-27 1-41 1-18 1-29 1-11 1-20 7 7^ 2-61 212 2-60 1-80 211 1-58 179 1-41 1-57 1-29 1-41 8 8^- 2-56 2-08 2-50 1-76 2-03 1-55 1-72 9 2-41 1-96 2-30 10 101 Ex. — The Bishop Rock lighthouse bore N.N.W. ; after running West 1'2 miles, it bore N.E. by N. Required the distance of the ship from the lighthouse when the second bearing was taken ? Tlie number of points between Wesi and N.E. by N. is 11 ; between West and N.N.W. is 6. Under 1 1 at the top and 6 at the side stands I'll, which, multiplied by 12 (miles) gives 13 '32 miles, the distance of the lighthouse when the second bearing was taken. This Table is equally applicable to all objects — as a rock, a lofty peak, or a headland. Ex.— A rock bore N.N.E.; after running W.N.W. 20 miles, it bore N.E. by E. Required the distance of the ship from tliu rock when the second bearing was take.i ? Thenumberof points between W.N.W. and N.E. by E. is 11; between W.N.W. and N.N.E. is 8. Under 11 at the top and 8 at the side stands 1-8, which, multiplied by 20 gives 36 miles, the distance of the rock when the second bearing was taken. In any case the distance is only appro.ximate, as there may be errors both in the bearings and distance run. For the quarter points interpolation will be necessary for accuracy; — thus, suppose 10^ points at the top and 6 in the side column, the number will then be 1-25, which is half the sum of 1-31 and 1-19. LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS. XXI EEN THEM. The office of lighthouse-keeper is no sinecure. The riilos and regulations are extremely stringent in respect to the watches and other duties; the daily cle.aning and trimming of the apparatus; and the exhibiting of and attending on the light from sunset to sunrise, or fr^m the going away of daylight to the return. Formerly the keepers of some of the outlying lighthouses were subject to many privations ; but the intro- duction of steam has rendered the system of reliefs more certain than it could be when the tender was a small sailing-vessel. The duty of lighting the coast of Great Britain is entrusted to three independent Boards ; — in England, to the Corporation of the Trinity House, founded in the time of Henry VIH. ; in Scotland, to the Commissioners of Northern Lighthouses, established in 1780 ; and in L-eland, to the Ballast Board or Corporation for Pre- serving and Improving the Port of Dublin, established in 1763. Besides these, the Local Authorities and Harbjur Boards of certain ports are allowed to exercise a limited jurisdiction. But the day has passed when a great Minister of State could hope " to watch the King into a good humour that he might ask him for a lighthouse," or when the parasite of a Court can be quartered in a free and easy way on the mercantile marine , for this the mariner has much cause to rejoice, for though some of the "private lights" were unrpiestionably good, more were execivably bad — notwithstanding which the tolls were levied with most unscrupulous rigour. The United States' lights and those of the maritime nations of Europe are under the control of some department of Government. Fog Signals. — It is very important that where fogs are frequent and dense, and Avhere therefore the ordinary sea-marks cannot be discerned, some eiHcieut means should be adopted to give timely warning of a ship's too near approach to danger. No signals at present in use to this end give even a moderate amount of satisfaction ; and there is the greatest diversity of opinion both among mariners themselves and among scientific men on the instrument best calculated for the purpose. Sound prefers a homogt'neous element for its transmission; but fog is a mixture of air and water, and at each, of the surfaces where the two touch, a portion of the vibration is reflected and lost ; hence the difHculty. In some places bell-beacons or bell-buoys are estal)lished, and on board of all light-vessels there are gongs and bells, while in some cases guns are fired at frequent intervals; but- it is no less important that lighthouses should be furnished Avith fog-signals, and in these the steam-whistle and Dobell's trumpet have been tried with so much success in America, that it is probable they may come into general use. BELL BEACON. Beacons, Daymarks, Tu)E-Signals, and Buoys. Fig. 1. OOVESEA SKEKK1E8 BEACON. Fig. 2. :i i xxu LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS. Beacons are of every var'3ty of form and scructure, and in some instances scarcely less costly than the building of a lighthouse ; though generally placed on rocks or banks which are dry at some period of the tide, they are occasionally erected on the coast ; in the latter case a beacon, when in one with some other object, is generally a leading mark to avoid a danger on entering a harbour. The Covesea Skerries beacon is an open framework of cast-iron pipes, firmly trussed and braced, and secured to the rock with strong louis-bats ; others of a similar character are connnon on the coast of Scotland. Not a few beacons are of solid masonry, as Fig. 2 ; while in places not much exposed, and where the bottom is Fio. 3. Fig. 4. Fio. 5. Fio. 6. Fio. 7. Fio. 8. Fio. 9, rock, gravel, or hard sand, a conical form of beacon ^Fig. 1), composed of cast-iron plates, rivetted with flanges and screws, and partially filled with concrete, is used. Probably, however, the largest number of beacons, whether uned as sea-marks or tide-marks, consists of a wooden framework (fee Figs. 3, 4, and 5), which admits of being easily repaired if injured, or replaced if washed away; and these are usually surmoimted by some device such as i-eprcsented in Figs. 6, 7, 8, aiid 9. In the Baltic it is not uncommon to place a broom or two at the top of a beacon . A large volume might be filled with the drawings and descriptions of beacons, and the purposes for which they are erected — which is a consequence of their figure and surmountings carrying no special significance as a sea-mark ; in fact, no uniform plan is adopted by any country. Buoys. — The remarks just made apply with equal force to htoys. The old forms of these sea-marks are presented below. Mooring buoys are generally ci/lindncal, or in the form of a cask. Those used to mark MOORINO. BUOY. LjiSrt: NtJN-BUOYS. WRECK BUOT. by day dangers covered even at low water, or to indicate the fairway bf a channel, are of the description known as Can and Nun buoys, and these admit of a variety of modifications as regards form and method of mooring. IRON SPHKRIOAl BUOT. IRON CKS BUOT. FORM OF M0N8TBB MUOYB, i:. , LIGHTHOUSES, BEACONS, AND BUOYS. XXUl F'ormerly all buoys were constructed of wood, but now thoy uro very frecjuently of iron ; and Ueuueut's monster buoy is coming into common uso ua ajloatiny beacon. (See p. xxii.) Buoys marking the position of subnjergcd wrecks are usually painted green^ and have on tliem the word '« WRECK." in white letttrs. From the "Report respecting the Condition and Management of Lights, Buoys, and Beacons, 1861," under the head of Trinity House, England, it appears that— " In buoying any single channels in future, the rule, where there are no special circumstances to require its modification, will bo to place buoys of a single colour, either black ox red, on the starboard side, on eniering from the sea ; and party-coloured buoys, either bkick and tvhite, or fed and white, on the port han. , the outer- most buoy on either hand being a beacon buoy, if necessary ; middle dangers being marked by ti'hite buoys with black beacons, of various distinctive shapes." As regards Scotland, the same Report states — " An understanding has for some time prevailed in the mercantile service that all buoys, on entering port, should be coloured ret/ for the f larboard hand, and /•/at'^- for the port hand ; while chequered buoys should mark centre dangers. Cai'TAIN Br.nFOiiD having urged very strongly that effect should be given to this arrange- ment with the Commissioners' buoys, the reporter took the opportunity to do so while re-painting and shifting them this season. The changes have proved somewhat extensive. Durinof the ensuing season, so far as not already accomplished, effect will be given to the approved arrangement, which is exceedingly simple, and cannot fail to prove most acceptable to the mariner." While as to Ireland- .e evidence is that, " by direction of the Trinity House, harbours, rivers, and channels, are in future to b( marked by either black or red buoys on the starboard hand, when entering from the sea ; and on the port hand, by buoys of the same colour as those on the starboard hand, with the addition of a white belt ; and middle dangers to be marked by ichite buoys, surmounted by a black beacon. Hitherto the Corporation, when marking rivers and harbours, have in most cases placed black buoys on the starboard hand, and red on the port." Indeed, it cannot be said that there is anything approaching to uniformity in buoying a channel — either as to the kind of buoy or the colours adopted — in any part of the world ; and yet it might be otherwise, and, with a little more accord among the authorities, ;mch a regular system could be introduced as would, when known, facilitate navigation, and thus relieve the anxiety of mind to which many a shipmaster is now condemned. Damage to Lights, Buoys and Beacons. By the 414th section of the Merchant Shipping Act of 1854 — If any person wilfully commits any of the following offences : — (1.) Injures any lighthouse or the lights exhibited therein, or any beacon; (2.) Removes, alters, or destroys any lightship, buoy, or beacon ; (3.) Rides by, makes fast to, or runs foul of any lightship or buoy ; He shall, in addition to the expenses of making good any damage so occasioned, incur a penalty not exceeding 50/. " INTRODUCTION II. ON THE TIDES. There are a few facts connoctoJ with the tides which, though generally known, may be briefly noticed. On the day of new moon, the sun and moon pabs the meridian at the same instant (noon) ; at an interval aller their passsago the water attains its greatest height (high-water); it then falls for a period of (ih. 12m., at the end of which time it reaches its lowest height (low-wator) ; a rise follows for a second period of (>h. 12m., producing a second high-water, and another fall during a third interval of 6h. 12m. is followed by another rise during a fourth interval of Gh. 12m. Thus the waters attain two ma.Kima and two minima elevations (high-water twice and low-wator twice), in a period of 24h. 48m., which is the average length of a tidal day. When the moon is full she crosses the meridian 12h. afler the sun {i.e., at midnight), and the same tidal phenomena occur as at the period of iietv moon. The range of the tides is greatest (sprimj tiile.s) on the second or third day afler new and full moon. When the moon crosses the meridian at Gh. a.m., or Ch. r.M. (being then in quadrature, or 90° from tli(; Mun), the range of the tides is smallest (neap tides). Also, on the days of new and full moon, the time of high water occurs at the same interval of i," ae from noon; this time is known as the '■'■ estahlishment of the poii,''^ and although it varies according to the geogra- phical position of the place, it is fixed and definite for each place. These well-known facts, constantly recurring as they do in connexion with particular j)04itions of the sun and moon with respect to each other, would at once lead, independently of any great knowledge of physical science, to the supposition that those celestial bodies must in some way influence the waters of the ocean, so as to disturb their level; and such, indeed, is the case; but the moon is the chief agent, and her influence is in the ratio of 2^ to 1. The attractive force of the moon is most strongly felt by those parts of the ocean over which she is vertical, and they are consequently drawn towards her; in the same manner the influence of the luminary being less powerfully exerted on the 's Seinidianieter at the to].; to the result mlrl the time of High Water at ImiII and Change at the given plaeo, taken from the following list of i)laeOH (p. 1* to 22»), and the sum will he the time of high water on the aflornoon of the given day. Should, however, this sum exceed TJli. *Jlrn., or 21h. lihn., siihtraet one or other of thos.- times, as neee.saary, from it, and th'""LiEn to the Time of the Moon's Meuidian Passage in Finding the Time ok High Water. )'s Semidiameter. 1 >'8 Semidiameter. 1 > 's Mer. Passage. ' > 's Mer. ' Passage. 1 1 > 's Mer. Passage. < 'b Mer. Passage. 14' 30" 1.5' 30" 16' 30" 14' 30" 15' 30" 16' 30" H. M. H. M. n. M. H. M. 11. M. U. M. H. M. n. M. H. M. II. H. -0 4 + 5 12 1 (> -0 55 -1 2 -1 12 18 30 -0 10 -0 8 -0 5 12 30 6 30 -0 46 -0 51 -0 58 18 30 1 -0 17 -0 16 -0 15 13 7 -0 32 -0 34 -0 37 19 1 30 -0 24 -0 25 -0 25 13 30 7 30 -0 17 -0 16 -0 14 19 30 2 -0 31 - 34 -0 36 14 8 -0 1 + 3 + 9 20 2 30 -0 38 -0 41 -0 46 14 30 8 30 + 8 + 15 + 24 20 30 3 -0 44 -0 49 -0 55 15 9 + 14 + 21 + 32 21 3 30 -0 50 -0 56 -1 4 15 30 9 30 + 16 + 24 + 36 21 30 4 -0 55 -1 2 -1 12 16 10 + 15 + 23 + 34 22 4 30 -0 58 -1 6 -1 16 16 30 10 30 + 12 ; '^ 19 + 29 22 30 5 -1 -1 8 -1 19 17 11 + 7 + U + 23 23 5 30 -0 59 -1 7 -1 18 17 30 11 30 + 2 + 7 + 15 23 30 6 -0 56 -1 2 -1 12 18 12 -0 4 0+05 24 ON TllK TIDES. XXVll Ax.— Find tlu' Time of High Wati r at Port Willinm, K. Falkland LslandH (Long. 58' W.), May 20lh, 18C6. H. M. > 'a Meridian PasNftgc at Oreenwivh , 5 07 Cor. (Tall. I.) for Daily Variation 48m. and Long. 58° VV + 8 > 'h Meridian Pa»aagu at Port William , . T) 45 Cor. (Tab. II.) for 5Jh. and > s Stmid. 15' 21" - 1 4 H.W. ut Port WilUam, May 20th 11. W. at Port William, May 20t,h 4 41 I II.W.atF. &C.atPortWilliam(Pt.n.p.22*) +5 15 l'..M. y 5G - 24 ! Ex. — Fi««) the Time of Iligli Water at P.irt Ade- laide, Australia (Long. 138J° E.), M»y 20th, 18G6. II. M. >'« Meridian Piwwagi' at Or«t*(iwfich' , . 5 37 Cor. (Tao. I,)for Daily Variation 5lW«. and . Long. 138° E - 19 > 's Meridian Pa-ssage at Port Adelaide ..518 Cor. (T..b. 11.) for5ih. and ) '» Soniid. 15'21" - 1 7 4 11 II.W.atF.&C.atPortAdclaidL'(Pt. II.p. 1*) +5 44 H.W. at Port Adelaide, May 20th P.M. 1) 55 - 24 A.M. 9 32 I II. W. at Port Adelaide, May 20th A.M. 9 31 FllOM THE OBSEUVED TiME OK II.W. AT ANY PLACE ON A GIVEN DAY, TO FiND THE TiME OF II. \V. AT F. AND C Jiule. — Lo tlic time at> which the moon passes the meridian of the given place, apply the correction fron Table 11., and the result subtraotod from the observed time of II.W. will give the time of II.W. at F. and C. If the time to be subtracted exceed the observed time of H.W., add 12h. 24m., or 24h. 49m. (whichever ia required to make it greater) to the observed time, and then subtract. TiDE-TabI.es fob THE COAST OF GreAT BRITAIN. By E. BuR-STAL, Commander R.N. It has frequently occurred to mo that the seaman, when navigating our shores, is much por])lexed to know how the stream is running, and wlieu it will Ije slack, and that he has to refer to a "tide-table" of the nearest port, and deduce from the time ol" high water at that port the time wlien the stream will end where he is; — otherwise he observes that it is high water, full and change, at a certain time, and from that calculates, according to tlie ago "f tlio moon, what the time of high water is on the day required, and then applies the necessary correction for the time of slack water. The value of being tolerably well informed as to the tides, the set and velocity of the stream, and when it turns, must be apparent to every person having the care of navigating a vessel along the coast. With these views of the subject after many years' service on nautical surveys on our coasts, I hjive been led to consider that one unijhnn port of reference will bo best suited to give the seaman that information on the sul)ject of tides. I liave, therefore, made London that port of reference, and as every almanac has a London time-table in it, it will be only necessary to add to or subtract from the time of high water at London, as shown in tlie following tables, when the time of high water slack will be found at any point along the coasts of Great Britain and Ireland. The time used is the local time at each position, it not being necessary to make any correction for difference of longitude with London. I am aware that the semimonsual inequalities in time with London and the various ports will, in some instances, cause a variation of 15 minutes from the truth, but as the tides are so nuich influenced by atmo- spheric changes, tlie result arrived at from these tables will, I venture to hope, be sulficiently correct for all the purposes of navigation. In the following Tables — a, signifies after ; b, before. XXVIU TIDE-TABLKS FOR THE COAST OF GREAT BRITAIN. 4f North Tfoiiiildslia Frith Stroiisa Fiitli . . . Pentland l'"iith, middle Clyth Ness Cromarty, entrance of the Murray Frith . . . CuUen Kinnairds Head. 6 miles oflF Do. 12 miles oflf Buchanness, inshore . . Do 15 miles off . Girdleness Montrose und Arbroath . Bell Rock, 2 miles outside Between Bell Rock and Fife Ness St. Abhs Head, inshore . Do. liS miles off Berwick, 5 miles ott" . . Fiirn Islands, 5 miles off Do. close in . Coquet, 5 miles otf . Blyth, inshore . . . Do. (J miles otf . . Tyne, fi miles otf . . Sunderland, fi miles off Hartlejiool, 4 miles off. WhitUy, 4 miles off Scarboro', 4 miles off . Flainboro' Head. 5 miles off Spurn Point, 7 miles off Lemau ^.nd Ower . . Ti.no of Sliu'k Wator, or the rndiiiK of (ho Flood sfroBin to S.B. l>(>f.>r<> or niter High Water st certain plscos of reference. LONDON. H. M. 40 1> 40 1). 20 b, Dudgeon Light Cromer, 4 miles off. Would, fairway . . Hasboro' Gat . . Cockle Gat . . . Yarmouth Roads 40 a. 10 a. Leith. Loith. Leith. Leith. Leith. 2 50 a. Leith. 50 a. 55 a. \r>a. 10 a, Leith. Leith. Leith. Leith. .3 40 a. Leith. 3 40 a. Leith. H. M. 3 20 b. 2 40 b. 2 20 b. 3 10 b. 2 15 b. 1 b. , At H.W.. London. i 1 10 a. I At H.W., Loudon. 1 a. 1 10 a. 40 a. 3 20 a. 1 20 a. 3 20 a. 3 4(1 a. 4 1;') a. Lowestoft. 4 miles off . Orfordness .... Swin, East .... Swin, West : 10 b. Sheerness. Kentish Knwk . . . . 30 a. l>iivtT. Margate IJo.id . . . . 10 a. Dover. Queens &rriuceBChaunel8 1 20 a. Dover. 20 a. Harwich. 3 55 a. 3 20 a. 4 Oa. 4 a. 4 10 a. 4 15 a. 4 20 A. 4 40 a. 4 50 a. r> Oa. 5 10 a. 5 30 a. 3 30 b. Oa. 3 50 b. 3 40 b. 3 30 b. 10 b. 3 5 b. Ob. 2 30 b. 1 4.-, b 1 25 b 2 30 b 2 Ob 1 40 b REMARKS. I High W.atorF. & C. on the shore 9h. Cm. ; stream 4 knots. Springs (! knots ; neaps 3. Stream close inshore niak(re or after High Water, at certain places of reference. M. 10 a. Dover. 30 a. Dover. Dover Strait | 4 a. Dover. LONDON. U. M. 2 10 a. 1 30 a. 1 Oa. REMARKS. ENGLISH CHANNEL. General set N.E. at buoy ; N.N.E. inshore. ,, N.E. by N.; springs2ij;" neaps 1^ knots. „ E.N.E. 3 knots springs; neaps 1^ knots. Dungeness, 7 miles W. by S. of Oft' Eairlight and Rye Bay Hastings, 7 miles off . . Royal Sovereign shoals . Eastbourne, 1,^ miles oflf . Beachy Helul, 6 miles ofF. Beauhy Head, inshore by 7 cliffs, and Sealord Bay Newhaven, inshore . . . Do. 10 miles otF . Do. 14 miles off . Britjhton and Uotlingdean Brighton, 5 miles oil . . Park ....... Looe Stream .... Owers, 4 miles outside Spithead Solent . Needles Culver Cliff", 2 miles Duunuse, .'J miles off St. Cathorino's, r> miles off Needles, 4 miles off' . . St.Allian'sllead,2mileMoff Portland Bill .... Kiiding of Flood Stream to the Kastward. 45 a. a, Dover. Dover. 1 a. Hastings, At H.W.Eastbourne. 30 b. Eastbourne. At H.W. Eastbourne. 1 20 b. Newhaven. 1 Ob. Newliaven. .VtH.W. Newhaven. 10 b. Newhaven. 40 b. Newhiiveii. 30 b. r.rightoii. 1 30 b. 1 40 b. AtH.W 2 30 a. Portsmouth Portsmoutli Portsmouth H.W. „ Do. 1 mile off Beer Head .... Lyme, 13 miles S. of . IMymouth, C miles off . Eddj stone, 4 miles off Do. 22 miles off Lizard, 7 miles S.W. of Seven Stones, along the North Coast of Cornwall to Hartland Point . . Hartlaud T'oint .... 1 35 b. H.W. 1 40 b. 1 40 b. 25 b. 30 b. 1 Ob. 1 5(1 b. „ 2 20 b. Portsmouth 35 a. H.W. Weymouth. 40 a. Devonport. a. Devonport. 5 a. Devonport. a. Plymouth. 45 a. London. 30 b. b. 30 b. Ob. 30 b. 45 b. Ob. 25 b. 4 b. 4 Ob. 2 30 b. Slack at H.W. Lon- don Bridge. Ob. H.W. 4 3 b. 20 b. 3 3 4 4 Ob. 20 b, 10 b. 40 b. 30 10 30 b. b. a. a. 40 a. 30 a. Springs 2 knots; neaps 1,} ; Set E. by N. The tides from the Channel and North Sea meet off' Fairlight; if a ship works up to Fairlight by the time it is High Water at Dover, she will keep an eastern stream for 4h. afterwards. Stream easy, seldom more than lA knots. Stream strong on both tides ; 3 knots. Stream e-t.sy. Stream 2^ to 3 knots. All alongshore, witliin 3 miles of the land, the eastern stream ceases about Ih. before High Water ; and after half ebb, there is an eddy tide to the eastward, inshore. Flood easy, S.E. by E.; Ebb 1) knot, N.W. by W. Tt) tlie we.sLward of Brighton the eastern or flood stream is very slack. Flood E. by S. j S.; Ebb W. by N.; lA knot. To S.E. by S. from H.W. .at London Bridge to C'li. after it; to N.W. by N. from 5h. before H.W. London until H.W. there. Stream runs out at the Needles from 4h. before H.W. London Bridge until 2h. 20ra. after it. The .Stream off the S. side of the Isle of Wight runs 4^ knots close inshore ; between Dunngse and St. Cathe- rine's are several races or overfalls on both tide.^. Race S.S.E. dist.-int 1,^ miles from the head. Ivaee from J mile to 1 .^ mile from the Bill ; stream close inshore begins to set to the Eastward at Low Water at Weymouth, and to the Westward at H.W. Very slack on both tides. Streams N.W. and S.E. Long slack. E. by S. from J flood to A ebb by the Dock Yard 2 miles an hour; West to N.W. from J ebb to ,| flood. WEST COAST OF CORNWALL. Slack Water or Ending of Flood Stream to the Northward. ... I 3 0.1. 3 30 a. Flood N.E. by E.; Ebb S.W. by W. a XXX '.IDE-TABLES FOR THE COAST OF GREAT BRITAIN. BRISTOL CHANNEL. I'LACE. Off Liindy Island . Ilfracombo Off Nasli Point, in Channel . . . Time of Sliu'k Water, or the eiidint; of the Flood , stream to the Northwiird liefore or iil'ter High Water, at certain placea of reference. LONDON. n.it. 30 a. H.W. by shore u. 3 4 M. 30 a. Oa. 4 20 a. RGMAHKS. Springs 3 knots ; neaps 2 knots. Inshore, and Swansea Bay, ^lack water is Ih. earlier. IRISH SEA (SouTU Channel). Smalls Light . . . . ' 20 b. Liverpool. Between the SmallH and 10 b. ,, Milford Haven Between Tuakarand Bishop U 20 b. „ mid- Channel .... Off Waterford, Saltees i Light-vessel .... 40 b. „ Irish Channel between the 15 b. „ Tuskar and 30 miles X. of Holyhead .... Between the Isle of Man 15 b. and Anglesea . . . . j Between the Isle of Man : and Dundrum Bay . . 8 Ob. 3 20 b. 3 b. 3 20 b. 3 U b. 3 b. Flood N.N.E.: Ebb S.R.W. The Stream off' !Milford towards the Bristol Channel runs nearly 4 knots an hour at springs ; general sot isS.E., and slacks at 3h. 20m. after H.W. at London. Direction, flood N.E.; Ebb S.W. by W.; velocity 2J knots springs. General set N.E. in the soutliern portions; N.E. by N. off Arklow; and N.N.E. off Holyhead; velocity about 3 knots. Inshore streams from Milford round the Bishop's run f' knots, and take an E.N.E. direc- tion up Cardigan Bay, running 2 knots. Midway. East, 2 knots ; inshore from the Skerries towards Liverpool E. liy S. to E.S.E. 2 knots. Stream scarcely jierceptible. IRISH SEA (NouTU Channel). Between Copeland Island and Mull of Galloway Donaghadee, inshore Maidens .... Mull of Cantyre IVichofClydeorAilsarock Islay, Mull of Kinho . . Islay, Rhynns of Oversay Light Ending of Flood Stream to the ,S.E. 15 b. Liverpool. ; 3 b. Ob. 30 b. 45 b. 15 b. Mid Channel S.S.E., towards the N.W. jioint of Isle of Man, velocity 2 knots; and E.S.E. ;i knt' Light. 2 No. of Lights, Ohanvcter, &c. 3. Height of Light ahove the Sea. 5. Whore placed. 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. Rem.vkk.s. 8. H. W. at F. & C. 3 be Ki.suoi- KouK. Si. A(jyE.s. Skvkn Stones l.ii^ht Vesael. l.oVUSHIP.-i. I'liuanee. Wolf. Lr/.ARD. Falni.>uth Hoi>VSTON'E. I'lviKoiith, >l'\Kl' I'O'NT. Dartinoiith. I F. 1 Rev. ev. niin. 2 F. I F. 1 F. 2 V. Miles 10 17 10 14 9 •21 1 Rev. ev. -20 s. i:{ 1 F. Gri'en. ' - IF. ; 13 2 F. 9 I F. 11 1 F. 1 F. Feet. 110 2()&ns 85 3.S W 2S2 E 229 72 72 03 & 48 1 F. N"i/. , . I F. (;a.s. (i j 29 J 1 F& Fl. ev. mill 20 204 S.W. partScilly Islands. Siwnmit of Isl. K. side of rocks in 40 fathoms. On highest rock off Laud'sEnd. S. pier-head. N. O / 49 52-4 49 rjse 50 3-0 50 4 50 7 49 60-7 49 57-7 On the Cliff. 74 yards ajiart. St. Anthony r'„. 50 8 On Breakwater. | - Ou the Rock. I 50 10-8 On Breakwater, ; .50 20 W. end. Mill Bay. End of I'ier. W. Barbican pier-head. Near S. E. ex- treme of po.'nt. 85 50 22 50 13 3 KingswearorN. 50 20 '3 aide of harbour. OnallagstaffllO ft. in advance. S. part of town, near Coast (riiard Station, W. O ' 20-7 i 20-0 I 40 5 44-7 I 5 31 5 48-4 5 12 1 5 I 4 15-9 4 9-4 4 7 3 .'JS-S All round except where hidden by the Islands. All round except where hidden by the Islands. Gong. Gun. N. by W. leailj westward of the Runnel Stone. lieilAor 15 ft. water, Qreenipf less Bmlding. Yie^ ^J^^iJ^^ In one, they clear the Manacles to E. and the Wolf to W. Bell proposed. Red seaward ; White in the anch- orage. White It. below Red shows Channel open between Draystone and Knap buoys. Bell. Also a F. It. in direction of Berry Head, seen only when Start Point 1)ears between W. \ S. & S. W. by S. Bell intended. ]YhUe over the fairway entrance to hari)our, between N. | W. & N. by W. i W. lied over the shoals of Kettle Point and Castle Ledge. Green o'.'er the shoals of the Check.stone and Pni Rook. In line witii the former light N. \ W. leads in the fairway. After passing between Castle and Kettle Points, a While light sho'vs the fairway to the an- chorage , a /("(iti light the shoals on the N. side of harbour ; a Green light the shoal ou S. aide. H. M. 4 30 10 Ft. 10 4 30 10 r> 14 4 57 10 1.) 1 1 LIGHTS AND TIDES,— BRITISH ISLANDS. 1. Name of Light. 2. No. of Lights, Character. &('. 3. 4. Ilt-'itrht ofj.ight ili)OVC' the Swi 6. Whcrt' ])hiift. Peter I'ort- jiier-head, S. side of entran. S.W. rock of the llanoisKocks Verclut Break- water, St. Ca- therine's Bay CJourayPier-hd. Victoria or New South Pier Alliert or North I'ier Old N. Pier I'liperPierKoad (hi Pier N. side of entrn. 202 yds. a])art Outer Needle Look 50 24 50 27-5 50 32() 50 43-5 50 3i-4 50 31 3 50 37 49 43-3 49 •43-3 49 27-2 49 20 49 13-3 49 10 5 49 10 6 49 10-5 50 30 5 50 41 W. 3 30 3 31 3 29 6 2 55-9 2 26-8 2 27-3 2 20 2 22-7 2 121 50 39-7 1 35-4 On the P int, 2.')2yds. ajiart 30 yard.s apart on Cahshot Cstl. in 3i fathoms Royal Pier, 15 yards apart 50 42-4 50 48 50 54 2 32-1 2 42 '2 2 12 2 7-3 2 7-2 2 7-3 1 57 1 50 In one, to clear rocks off the Ness. Half Hood to half el.l.. In one, lead between Race and Shanddes Low It. is visible only Ijetweeii F.S. F. and W. hy S. Oong. (!un. Bell .... The old Pier light is screened in direction of all dangers. When running in V)ring the light W. I>yN. 4 N. ; Light /jroyjo.vt'i/ on Castle Cornet pier head. H. M. () (i 21 (J 45 4() 37 1 32 9 1 10 1 24 At St. Helikr. Propuned. In one Ni W. Also 4 F. lights inside. White to ch'ar Durlstone Head, Dolphin Bank, and S.W. tail of Shingles ; also While hearing from S.W. hy W. to S.W. hy W. 4 W. to clear Warden Ledge ; on all othei' hearings R'd. Foghell. In one N.H. hy E. 4 K. Another light shows up the Solent. Tn one, lead into Harbour in 14 feet at H.W. (Jong. (!un. In one, h'ad through the Chan- n( 1 ; also two F. Red lights on the Dock Piers, which in one, lead up the !{iver Itcheii in 15 feet. 9 12 1(» 45 4() 10 12 11 10 12 30 30 45 Kt. I3A 13 11 A 15.i 17.1 20 30,i 04 7 13 13 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— BRITTSIf ISLANDS. 9. llise of Springs. 1. Kt. i.) I3A i:{ 1 lU 37 10 4() 154 171 (t ;{o 45 •iti 'Mi »'4 l.S !.-{ 1. 2 3. if" 4. Hciltht 5. 6 1) -1 , 7. Nivini! of Light. No. of Lights, ("harat'toi', i^e. 13 if Light altove Mhere jilaeed. rosition. Remarks. the Sea. Lat. Long. N. \V. Miles Feet. / / liydc 1 F. 6 21 On tlie I'iir - . Sdlltll.'JL'il. I F. /{'-il. 51 111 till' ( 'iistle 50 47 I 5 Shows Green when ,0 westwaril of the Spit-liuoy. WAIlNERLt.Vl'S. 1 Rev. c>v. niin. 8 38 E. part of shoal, ill 13 fatlmnis 50 43-8 1 4 (rong. (Jun. Na» Light Vts. 2 F. 8 Main.'iS Fori' 28 Ortthol'ointur. the Nal) Rock, in 5.| fathoms. 50 42-2 59 5 Gong. (iuii. St. CvrnEiiiM:. 1 F. 10 ITS On the Poii.t 50 34 5 1 17-8 lalf of Wight OWKRS Tit. Vts. 1 I'". 10 .•i8 S. E. end of shoal in 10 fathoms. 50 38 '8 40 Gong. (inn. Littlehainiitdii. 1 F. 1/<'it. 10 35 (Jliaiii I'ler-licad 50 40 8 EAST. Niwliavc'ii. 2 F. lO 30 & 17 West J'iev. 50 yards apart 50 47 3-4 Low light, Red for 10 to i;{ feet on bar, but White, above 13 ft. 1 F. Qyccii. .3 18 East Pier To assist vessels entering between '» the piers. lli:\riiv Fli.Ai>. 1 Ri'v. cv. 2 niin. 2:i 285 Belletout t'liff 50 44-2 13 Kept open of next Eastern (.'liff, clears Royal Sovereign & other shoals. Kasthoiiruf. 1 F. .) 10 . 50 45 17 During the fishing season. Hastings. I F. IVIiih'. t tiO l'j)|xr Liglit on 50 52 36 For the Fishermen. O 1 F. IM. 4 30 the \\. Hill ahvo. the town; Lower on the Beaeh Ky.'. 2 F. 4 ■A 2(1 10 Camber ; N. side of entrance 50 57 44 While 10 feet on the bar. '• 2 Tide Its. /.'- ;!0 S. Pierhead 51 4 1 11-6 Tide light, Red to 14 feet. White under iiV'/ above IC feet. T» 1 F. (lyi-iu. (i 31 Extremitv of New Pie ' Green in all directions seaward, H7/(7ciii shore. l>(iver. 1 F lihn: o Clieesetnan-head, onter extreme of W. Pier - A Bell. 1 F. Ii<-il. 12 S. Pier 51 7 1 10 Tide light while 7 to 10 ft. 2 F. AVv/. S. Pier - Tide lights while 10 to 13ft. I F. Rcl. ;j 12 N. Pier - - . - Tide light. 1 F. Greni. 1 Near Clock Twr. Shows between the )iiers. II 1 1 30 1 1 34 11 15 11 51 1 1 20 10 53 1 1 20 10 45 n II 14 16 18 lOij 20 2<» 24 20 181 LIGHTS AND TIDES.-BRITISH LSLANDH. Naino of 2 No. of Lif,'hts, (Jharaotcr, \o. Ik'ight )f Liglit ill)OV0 till' >S ja, S((irniFoi(Ki,ANi> S, Sand Hkad Li^ht Vi'.ssul. Oin.i, Hthkam Li)i;lit Vessel. N. Sand Head Li^lit Ves.sel. Ramsgate North For in- land. RiVKR TlIAMF.S. Margate. I'kincks Chan. liitjlit Vessels. NoiiH, l,t. Ve.s. Sheernciis. "»i',» Heacli. Hope I'oiiit. Noitlirteet. .M')(i.-*K Lt. N'i's. 2F. 1 F. I Kev. pv. 20 8. 3 F. (triangular) 1 F. 1 F. (hri'ii. 1 F. arcni. 1 F. 1 F. lied. 1 F. WhiU: lied. 1 Rev ev. 20 h. lied. 1 Hev. ev. i inin. 1 Rev. ev. i inin. 1 F. Jied. I F. Red. 1 F. IF. 1 V. ■ 1 F. I Rev. VI. ev. 20 s. Green. Miles 2() 10 19 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 10 Feet. 372 275 ;i8 .1(3 Fore 28 Main 42 Miz. 28 .17 Where piaeed. 6 Position. Lat. I Long. 7. Remarks. 8. H. W at F.&(; 85 .18 14 .18 .18 .18 .12 40 40 38 On the Head, 44i) yds. apart K. l.y S. & W. byN. Off S. .!nd of Goodwin Sn fathoms W. Pier-head On W. Cliff On E. Clitl. 184 On the Head W. end of Pier E. Tongnc S.and in 10 fathoms N. side of Chan, between the Tongue and Girdler Its. in 34 fathoms W. Girdler Sand in 19 feet E. end of Sand, in 3| fathoms Left Demi Bas- tion Southend Pier- head Chapman Head Mucking Flat In the Fort India Arms whf. On W. end of Sand, in 4 fins. N. 51 8-4 5] 9 9 51 Kio 51 19 4 51 197 51 22-5 5! 24 51 29 51 29 51 29 51 26-8 51 32 E. 1 22-4 1 28-2 1 30 1 35 4 1 25-4 1 26 8 1 23 1 19 Lights in one, clear the S. end of Goodwin Sands. Off P'olkstone stand otl when high light dis- appears ; but vessels drawing more than 14 feet should stand off when low light disapix-'ars. Gong. Gun. Gong. (Jun. Gong. .'. 15^ l.i 17.i CORTO.V •St. NIC Gat Yarmou < 'OCKI.K .**^^ LIGHTS AND TIDES— RRITISH ISLANDS. 9. < . Rise of Springs. Kt. \r,}. m 37 134 10 174 1. 2 3. 4. 5. e , 7- 8. 9. Name of No. ot Lights, Character, &c. Height ofLght above the !" ea. Where placed. Position. Remark.^. H. W. at F.&C. Light. Lat. Long. N. E. Miles Feet. ' / H. M. Ft. Maplin. I F. R"'!. 10 3G S.E. p.irt of Saiiil 51 35 1 .3 Not visible to Northwar» within entrance ; strip of Red strikes N. Shelf buov bearing N. by W. • • Ork Lt. Vessel. 1 Rev. ev. .J min. 10 38 Near Cork Ledge in 4J fathoms 51 56 1 23 Gong. (Jun. Shipwash IF. 10 38 OffN.E. end of 52 1-5 I 38 Gong. Gun. Light Vessel. Sand, in 9^ fms Orfokdnrss. 2F. 14 13 83 63 On wie Ness 52 5 1 34-5 In one, S. of the Ness, they lead through HoUosley Bay, close to N. W. edge of the Whiting and across outer edge of Cutler Sand ; to the N. they lead inside the Knoll, the Ridge, and the Napes, 11 15 8 1 F. Red. Tem- . _ Fish-houses - - and outside Size well Bank. Indicates Pakefield Gatway. KE.SSINGLAND. Lowestoft. porary. 2 F. Red. - On each P^er of Harboui- - Also two (?»'em Lights at entrance of inner Harbour. 9 57 6.i 9> 2F. 10 11 119 45 On the Cliff On the Beach 52 29-2 1 45-5 In one, N. 4 E. and S. \ W. CoRTO.v Lt. Yes. 1 Rev. ev. 20 s. Red. 10 38 S. E. entrance of (Jatway, in 15 fathoms 52 29-7 1 50 Gong. Gun. St. Nicholas 2F. 10 40 N. end of Kettle 52 35-5 1 47 White forward. Red aft. (iong. Hat Lt. Ves. 4 20 BottoK Sand, in 6 fathoms Gun. Yarmouth. i F. Red. 2 - S. Pier at Gor- leston 52 34 4 1 44-3 . - - - ' 9 15 6 Cockle Lt. Ves. 1 Rev. ev. min. 10 36 N.entran., east- ern side, in 6J fathoms 52 41-5 1 47 Gong. Gun. LIGHTS AND TI D ES.- I'-IMTlsd isLANhS. ■'' 2 3 4. 5. 6 7. 8. 9 Namo (if Nil of Ll;,'llts, Character, tic. fc^ Height uf Ligh aliipve When' iiliieid. Position. r " " Rrmakkh. 11. w. at F. dtC. .H > the Sea Lat. Long. .Mile < Feet. N. ' K. H. M. Ft. WiNTERTON. 1 K. 14 7;i Near the Ne^is -.2 4.3 1 41-5 . 7 50 NEWARpLt.Ves 3F. Triangular 10 .Main -M 2S < \. end (if .Satid, in 10 fathoms r)2 45 1 5.3 (iting. (inn. Hasboroio.h. . j 2F. !.■) i:{7 100 S.S.F. of Has- Ikii'o' Ciairch .12 4!) 1 32 Leading liglits thi'oiigh llasboro' (!at, when in one N.A\'. \ W. ' Hasborough '2 F. 10 ;w N. 111(1 (if Sand, r>2 58 1 .31; (long. (inn. Liglit VeMSfl. ill lo fathoms ; I.KMAN & OWER '-'(IlighKev. ev. 10 38 Between Iceman .-)3 8 '8 2 1 Cong. (inn. (> .30 Light Vessel. mill. Low F. ) 27 il- ( »\vir Sands ill hi fathoms Cromer. 1 Rev. ev. mill. 23 274 Near the Clitf 52 5() 1 10 . 7 I4J " Hl'NSTANTON. 1 F. Itl 10!) On the Point 52 5(i-!) 29-8 Shows /{id in direetion of lloaring . Middle Sand, when bearing be- i\ tween F.S.F. and S. F. hy F. 'r Lynn Well Lt.V 1 Rev. ev. -JO .s. 10 .'J4 Off the Hdok of Long Sand, in I7i fatlioms 53 1 25-2 (Jong. Clin. () 23 Dudgeon Lt. V. I F. 10 38 Near the shoal, in !• fathoms 53 15 50 (iong. (inn. OCTER DOWSINO 1 Rev. a ^f*/ face 10 38 W. side, in Q 53 28-2 1 2-7 Light Vessel. ev. 20 8. fath(.inis - HlMUER ElVER. SpL-ux Lt. \'es. 1 1 Rev.ev. { mill. lU 38 Off Point, ill fathoms 53 34 13 (ioiig. (Iiin. 5 2») 18,' SpfRN. 2 F. 1.-) 1)3 On the Point, 1")8 53 .34 7 7-2 N.W. { N. and S. F. 1 S. ; Low- 12 yards ajiart It. N.W.of IHgh It. Ciong. ; Bull Sau.l Lt. V. 1 F. 10 - S. F. end of Sand 53 34 5 inoj fathoms WEST. • 1 ; Stallingl)orough. I F. At the Ferry 53 37 10 Brighte.'^t when bearing W.S.W. High light in mie with N. Lt. Killiiigholin. .-? F 11 C.S 3.-) S. Killingholm 5.3 3!l 12 (i 2 193 (S. Iiy W.) leads elear of Holm ' 37 Sand ,111(1 Skitter S.ind end. High It. ill ( with low It. (N.W.) h.ids ii|i the li:inditr. I'.IUll. 1 F. / 3(J Near .S.W. end 5.3 43 13 •v of village 1 Hobbles Lt. Ves. 1 F. Re,/. .■) Ifi S. side of Chan, in fathoms 53 4t k; J \Vinterinj,'hain. \ W'hitti.n. 2 F. - On the lields _ . S. shore. 2 F. - Just above the . . S. sliore. i ferry f Ri'ough. ■2 F. I F. /,',./. 8 24 N. Pierluad 54 5-2 11 7 l'ro/>i)f(i'i/. Shown while there is it ft. of water. 4 39 BriiUingtoii. 1(> Iti ; Fr.AMJiOKoruii. 1 iJcv. ev 2 mill. 20 214 On the Head 54 7 5 Two faces M7'i7<, one AVr/ ; bearing 4 30 f . N.N.F. eh'ar.s N. end of Smithic Scarlidroiigli. shoal, (inn intended. 1 F. i;t .'iS Vincent Pit r .54 17 23 Ifii/ to seaward, W/iih towards 4 n 1-Vi ■ the Harbour. Wlicii 10 feet of water in Harbour. WTllTDY. 1 F. (;,<>i,. •i !•'. Mi!<-<' I'Vot. •:; , --MO •iich >iiiliaiii. ^iiiinli-rhnid. YNE.MOl'ni. rv.NK i)K No urn .SlIlELIW. I'.lvth. ('iiyrKT. Warkwortli. F,\KN. LoNUSTUNli. Heiwiok. Kyoniinith. 1 F. L' F. W/iiU. 2 F. W/lilr. Hill. I F. A'--/. I F. (// 1 F. /.Vd. 2 F. AV(/. 1 F. 2 F. IkJ. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 2F. 2 F. lOd. 1 F. lied. 2 F. Ited. (Ireen. 1 F. /^r/. 2 F. 1 llov. ev. 2 mill. IF. 1 F. 2 I'. Mills 2(» 21 5 8 10 i) G 10 N'owjiort. Dunflfce Harbour 2 F. 2 F lu.l. 21 15 1.-. (5 ,i 10 8 IG 11 7 8 F.ft. 22t 220 20 00 28 20 33 34 13 28 2!) 17 20 IG 20 240 110 93 30 10 71 4.') 80 29 10 IG 10 12 On the Hi'ail Old Harbour Victoria Harbr, Sinninit of Uld. Pier- Iliad F. Pier W. Piir On the Pier On the Pier-hd. On outer Pier- he;ids Entrance of Kiv. C'arron W.Quay of Harb K. Pier Ferry Pier On tiie Pier On K. Piirhead Oil F. Piir-head lied on Pier-hd. ; White on the side of a house Pier-head S.W. angle of a disubed iSaw- niill W. Pier-head & Shore Light W. part of Har- bour .Sunmiit of IhU', N. \:. aid.', 2r)0 yanls apart A sunken Keef Lat. IT .55 S.'i 'iG .■)(•. 2 .V) .iG'9 S.') 59 55 .59 55 59 5() 4 5G 7 -)G 10 I M 12") r,(i 13 .36 l.t3 5() 14 56 ll-l of) 20 Pier-head Turret in Cathe- dral wall On the Ne8.s, 374 56 Hh yards ajiart S. side of Ferry, 56 27 1700yil.s. ajiartj OntheW. FelTyl 56 .lH Pier, G3 yardLi apart Middle and E. 1 56 '.% Piers, i;j0yds. ! ajiart Long. W. / 2 8 2 30-7 3 8 3 4 3 10 3 11 3 15 7. Hkmakiu. 8 H. W. at F.&C. Fioni July to Uotuber. All night exce[it in clear moonlight ()reeii under ll'AiVf for 8 ft. water. (ireeii chaiigcM to /iV(/when Dock (iate opens. 3 14 3 9 3 1-7 3 40 -2 2 43 5 2 41 -9 2 40 2 33-4 2 23 i 2 47 Alrto a small Red light at New- halls, and a While oiieat (jneeiiH flurry for use of jiasjiage boats. Red to seaward ; White when the Harbour is open. Sailing into Harbour, Reil light on Pier iniust be kept .slightly open to W. of H7(iV<' light. All night except from 15th May to l>)th July. iJo. ; ill bad weather a While It. for G feet water. N. !•;. i N. S. W. 4 S. All night except May, June, and July. Only while bo.ats are out. N.N.I. 1 v.. amis. S.W. \ W. , n oiie,tliey '-ad about 4 a mile to E. of tbe N CarrHoek: mut.t not Ix- .ifpr»»>-.lto thf Westwanl. WUtti' wMf Red alternately. In fog » JK/ fver. ;, minute. H. M. 2 S ill OH, N.N.W. , vv. r.ndS.S.E. I v.. Ic •■)»«g lut. lie Tay. Le»(lin (ip tlie 'I'.i A Bell. 2 45 2 49 2,77 N.N.i:. andS.S.W. « A* N.W. JW andS.E. ^ h, in one, they li-^il clear to S, W. of Beaci'n K'" k. 9. H 20 2 24 2 G 2 3'J Ft. IG.', IG{ IG 14i .Macduff. Paiui: Flgin aiK nioiitli < 'OVK.SF.A KIK.S. 9. V. r. ■3SL .11 M. *Ft. H M', ua, i(> Hi{ 1*> LIGHTS AND TIDES.— lUHTlsil ISLANDS, 32 Hi 1 2 3. 4. 8 6 7. 8 9 Niinii! (if Light. Nil. Ill Light.i, ( 'hiiriiotiM', Jkc. > HiiKlit in,i«iit llllilVl' tlu'.Si.il. VVIliTr pllU'fil. F'lwit Lat. on. Long, Kkmakk^. H. W at F.AC. 1 X. W, 1 Mill'H Fi'i-t. o / H. M. Ft. Viliriiiith. 1 v. Ii<' Hi 18.-. II.-. (hi tlu'NiMrt ((.no tdWLT) .-.- 8-2 2 3 y^se^ l\ MmTcIi ell. 1 V. H 40 N. I'ler-head r." 8 3 2 3 From half flood till H ^ / yr 1 k m.M ■«! \1 •1 V. 47 Hall fi mile lip M'f/ lightfl when eiitraiKB is late. ;i. from S J K. round Si mthirlv ti. S.W. I.y VV. V VV. *wr \K)\ ,. 1 F. lt.,1. ID 20 N. lliirl...nr,W. I'lcrlifiul Visilile from N.E.'i N. to K. \S Fiasii'liiirgh. '1 V. Ileil. T) :to inmr IS Ficr-lirad and Middll- I'i.T, 7t) yds. iipiul; 57 41-5 2 l'"roni.Iuly to April, except niuoii- light iiightN. 11 40 II KiNN AIHl) Hf.ai> 1 F. l.-i 12(1 On the Head .-.7 42 2 1 AV-/ from N.N.VV. J W. ti- the Kliore, to cdvii- Rattray lirig.UM. Miu'duir. 1 F. Red. f. 25 W I'iir-head 57 40 2 30 I'aiiil. 1 F. 8 2S N. Pier-liead 57 40 2 31 ( F. WhiU. . H ink. si IpiKT part 111 .-.7 40 1 2 31 1 Not >:eeii until the Harhoiir is Red. l,U>W«t*t New Harhmir, 20 yards apart open. Ml^iiiand LoHsic- 1 F. (Irn'ii. .Hi S. I'ier-liead IllOlltll. COVK.SKA Sk Kn- 1 Iffv. v\\ null. *S^ 100 (Jiaig Head 57 43 2 3 20-3 Jf,-(l from N.W. hy W. \ W. tn it IKS. the shore iSpeymouth Hay. < HANci.NliV. 1 F. w 40 On the I'liint 57 34-5 4 5 Vi.silde from K. * S. to .S. hy W. hy North and West. ('lti)MAIiT\. 1 F. H'-,l. <) .->() On the Point at the Town 57 41 4 2 - 1 1 50 14 Tahiikt Nkss. J Int. viK '2.|,niin il:«rk ', uiiii. 15 to 18 l7.-> On tlie Point 57 51 3 48 Westward of the Ness tlie light is always visible. Little Ferry. 2 F. 4 li) 14 (hitlii.Poin\r.O yards apan 57 50 4 N.W. i N. and S.E. i .S. I>atlioroiiwli' i|. 1 F. .S. Head 58 10-2 3 22 9 Only on dark niglits towards end of fishing season. V\ ickorPiiltt'iiey 1 F. H,il. 8 3.-. N. Pierhead 58 20 3 5 During .inly and .August. 1 1 22 10 l'< 8. H. W. at F.&C. 9. .2'E « Cu IM'WKT. Hoi.Bi'hx. Orkney Islands ( ANTICK. Hoy Sound. Kirkwall. A^iskerry. Start Point. n. ronaldsha. 1 F. 1 Fl. ev. 10 s. 1 Rev. ev. miu. 2F. •ShktlaNd J alternately. 1 Fl. ev. 12 .s. 1 F. 1 I'. Miles 23 13 IC 10 7 9 If) 18 21 15 18 21 2;{ 20 11 ilKlsniDES. Br rr of Lewis. I F. Stohnowav, i Rev. ev. .|,min. Lewis Ksle. I I F. MiiNACil Isi.ANlis' 1 Fl. ev. 10 H 19 12 lA - 1 F. Rfl. 12 Si'AI.rA Isi.AM). 1 F. 17 IsHENI.SH, S. Vm. 1 V. IM. IS Feet. 7i'5 11(> llo 100 140 300 10.-) 14.-, 23.-> 400 222 .'53 r)8 170 no 27 l.->0 02 L30 170 On the Head On the Head W. side Thiu'so Bay On the Head, Hoy I.-() .Mil. I. OK (JaLLO WAV. Lutm;' Ros-s. •Siiiitheriie.ss, .\iiiian River. i'ort Carli.sle. Skiiildirneiss Height of Light above the Sea. Where jilaced. Position. Uemahks. H. W. at F. &C. 11 Light. Lat. Long. «l N. \v. Miles Feet. ' o / H. M. Ft. Ihiiriugtmi. 1 !•. 11 44 Stone Fier-head ."34 37 3 34 While 8 ft. water. 11 5 26 W liitehaven. 1 Rt'v. I'V 'l mill. 11 47 W. I'ier-head 54 33 3 30 \ Indieate the outer entrance. 11 14 23i , « 1 F. r;r .'i:j;j On tlie Head 54 30-8 3 3S Isi.K OF Man. A N If E. 1 Ulv. cv. •J mill, /i-tv/ .t Whit,'. lo kk; i mile S.W. of the I'oilit r.4 •24-i) 4 22 Visible' from N. by E. , round by West and .South to E. by S. 11 7 20 I'ful. 1 F. 8 21 E. side of entr. ,54 VA 4 42 11 « Uii Calk ov iMas. "2 Hov. t'v, '2iiiin. •24 '22 ;<7.") 282 W. side Calf L 187 yds. ajiart. C4 3 4 50 N. E. i E. and S. W. ^ W. In one they lead on the Chicken Kock to the Southward. 11 17 161 I'ort St. Mary. 1 F. ."iO 14 Fort Is. cutran. of Harbour S.VV. end of Breakwater 54 5 4 3!; Visible from N. by E. to .S. by \\ . by the Westward. iWnuLA.s. 1 V. 14 104 On tlie Heuil 54 9 4-28 Not visible from Lang Ness ; but with 3 miles oiling will be seen N. V:. 1 E ; the Calf It. at same lime N.W. by W. 1 W. 1' 12 •20| 1 F. (> .S4 N. I'ier-liead 54 10 4 28 llaiiisey. I V. H,,l. 4 28 S. I'ier-head 54 20 4 2:! - 11 12 191 Haliuiiia UaiiU ■2 F. 10 F 20 Oneinili'olfS. F. 54 •20 4 12 (Iciiig. (Jan. liiglit Wbi.scl. M ;)3 tail of fshoal, in 1 1 fathoms MouEiAMHE Bay WU-NEV. 1 lU-v. 1 F. A'.,/ (tidal) i;f 70 S. |iart Ualney Inland 54 2-1) 3 lO.- .N.W. bv W. 4 W., and S.E. by i;. ^ H. .Also a /.'((/ light on till Itailway Viaduct over the Li'veii estuary shows se.-uvard. .MoiUM A.\fltEHAY 1 llfv. >-y. .W .^. Red. 10 :is Lt. \es., ill 12 fathoms 5;{ 54 3 ;;i t » I F. 8 48 I'oulton, N. end of .Stone Pier 54 4-3 2 :yl-:'> 11 2t) '^7i .1 1 1'. Red. T) ;^o Lt. \'es. between Yeoman and Clark Wliart Sjiits, ill -I fniti. 54 1-3 3 l.imo River. 'IF. 20 Cookeiham I'rom.&riover Scar Itock, 834 yards fqiart '^•^ 50 2 53 Shown while 8 feil water. Wyre Itivcr 1 I". 10 .•',0 N.l']. elbow of N. Whf. Bank 53 57-2 ;{ 1 -8 .\ Bell. 11 11 27 i'lfclWlK.cl. •2 F. i;{ i»0 ItO In the Town On F>plaiiade 53 .-.5(i :! 1 shnwii « hilr '.1 It. ill the Channel, 11 12 2.],^ ItiMilr liivi r. 1 lilt. vi>.. .'ii mill, celiiifft'd •i mill. 12 SI S v.. of Stauuer j)t., N. side of entrance 53 4t() ;? 1 •;! X'isiliie ail loinid from the lllackpool to the Soiithiiort .shores 10 51 2t »♦ 1 F. Lythani .'.3 4^12 2 5S-5 Not during sumiiu'r. u LIGHTS AND TIDES.-HRITISH ISLANDS. f I Name of Light. No. of I,iglit.s, Character, &c. :5 Heiglit ofl-ight above the Sea. Kuncori). Woodside Ferry. Ut. OrmeHf.aI). Entrance to Mekskv&Dke FORMBY Lt. Ves Crosby. Crosby Lt. Ves. Rock. Leasowe. BiDSTON. Hoy lake. Liverpool N.W, Light Ship. Aiu. Menai. Beaumaris. LVNU.S. Amlwch Port SKKItK]E.S. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. Nrd. I F. I F. 1 Rev. ov. luiu. {]Vhill'& lld. 2F. Miles >0 17 18 1.5 20 18 3 20 3 i) 10 1") 1) 4. Height of Light ahove the iSca. Where placed. I 1" 10 lit 17 Feet. 201 50 120 24 144 115 102 l.M» 210 14 15 35 3() 30 38 114 28 3S K'.T 122 6. Position. Lat. I Long. 7. Rkmarks. S Stack Rock, off the N.W. pt. of Holy- head Island Llanddwyn Is. On I'ier-head On the Island Kntraricc of Harljour In 26 fathoms On the Rock On the Rock On Point, Mil- ford Haven, 203 yds. apart Dockyard On Island, >S. part Pier-head .S. Pier-head Entrance Burry Kiver S end of Break- water Whiteford pt. Off W. end of Sand in 1G.\ fathom.^ On the Island S. Dock W. Pier- head S. Dock entr. N. Dock entr. New Cut Bridge Western Kdge in 15 fathoms On Llu^ Point, 333 yds. apart On the Pier N. / 53 18 53 8 52 45 52 25 52 22-5 51 51 5! 43-3 51 41 W. O / 4 42 4 24-7 4 48 4 5 4 54 5 25 5 40-1 5 10 4 In [ilace of this a smaller It. rev. in 1 ,^ niin., 40 feet high, is shown during foggy weatker 30 yards N. of the main liffhtho. Bell. Red to vessels coming from S. and W. ; White to those coming from N.W. and N.E. Gong. In one, tht^y lead clear of (jrow and Toes Rocks, outside the (.'row and inside the Turbot Bank. A Red strip shows from high lighthouse over Chapel and Harbour Rocks, between N.W. \ N. and W. i N. 51 .37-9 1 4 40 fl 51 43 51 41 51 40 51 31 51 ,34 51 37 51 28 51 24 5'- 28 Only at Tide time. 4 42 While 8 feet water. 4 15 1 While 10 feet water. I 4 10-4 I From hali flood until fiuarterebb. From halt' flood until halt' dih. 4 24 Gong. »Jun. 3 58-2 3 5{; 3 54 .3 33 3 10 While 8 It. water between piers. Shown when gates are ojien. Also two Red lights when passage is ohstructed, and two Green Its. foi' passage clear. Siiown when g.ates are open. Also two Rill lights for passage ob- structed, and two (Ireen lights for passage clear. Rid when bridge is closed. Green. when o]>eu. In one. S.F. bv K. [ E. and N.W by W. \ \\.\ they lead a cable's length S. of the E. end of Nash Sand. I'liddinij. 8. H. W. at F.&C. H. M. 9 33 7 40 7 31 5 56 6 6 6 1 6 16 () 25 6 59 9. Ft. 15 13^ 12 21 24 251 33 :!.S M LIGHTS AND TIDES. lUUTlSJI INLANDS. Name of Light. UsK. New Passagf. Kl-ATHOLM. 2 No. ot Liglits, CliaractiT, &c. 2 F. I F. White, lied. 3. i 4. 1 Hi-ight Jot' Light aliovo Itlic Sea. 1 W'huiv iihic'cd. 6. 1'o.sitioii. Lat. Long. Enoli.S!! and 1 Rev. ev. min. Wki^shOroinds Light N'ossi'l. I Avon. I F. Bkiix; i:\v.\TKK, or Burnhani. V/atchtt Haibr. Ufracombe. Bidefoi-d. Lt NDV. Tkkvose f[K.\r). GODREVY. Hayle. St. Ives. IRELAND. Fastnkt. Kl.NSAl.E. CoKK HaRBOI'H, or Qleen.stow.n 2 U]iporInt. vis, 3^ mill., ohsc, ^ mill. Low It. I* 1 F. Tide Lt. 1 I'\ L'ed. 2F. 2- I'pper Rev. ov. 2 111 Low F. 2 F. ; Fish. ev. 10 s. 2F. 1 F. 1 Rev. cv. 2 mill, 1 F. 1 F. 1 Rev. ev. mill. R-2 51 41-8 51 47-5 51 .507 5 24 5 20 5 28 9 3t)-4 8 32 8 29 N 8 15-2 8 lfi-4 Leads to Newport ; there is also another Ucd It. showing iij. the river. '■•veial lights (in Bailway Pier and Charstone Roek. Ooiig. Cun. Also a Red light to mark the entrance to Swatch way, heariiiL' S.E. ', >S In one, E. by ,S. ^ .S. and W. by N. i N. ^ Proposed. From iNIichaelma.s t.. Lady-d;iy. From half Hood to half ebb ; in one, S. K. \ S. Ie;id over i)ar. 7'lie low It. is only visible from the Westward, between ,S..S.E. .. and E. N. E. ( i uii prujjostd. Also a Hid It. 27 ft. below Fl. It. to clear the .Stones. While 12 ft. water ; and in one, lead into the Channel. .Shown while 10 ft. water, and only from Ist September to 30th April. White to seaward, R(d towards Horse Rock in Courtmacsherrv Bay. White towards Harbour, and a White b\ It. to cover Daunt's Rock. A Fog-bell. Visible fnmi N.N.E. 4 E. to ,S.E. by E. 4 E. round l)y the East- ward. (i .^4 37 tj .')() 5 42 7 5 15 5 (I 35 4 44 4 4 43 II A 5 1 11^ .1 Nam< Ligh I;ai.i.V('oi Youghal. MiNEHKA Diiiigarva Water Fo N \ I,TEK.S Ty TrsKAK. Black w Bank L Akklow Wk'ki.owI Sw.\.sii. WicklowI I>riti.iN b| Kisii Lt Kiiig,sto\J PoOLBK.O.I Hailkv. Howth. BalbriggJ LIGHTS AND TIDES.— BRITISH ISLANDH. • u Ft. ;<8 Hi 11- Naine of Light. 2. No. of Lights, Character, &c. ^ '« llAI.LVl'OlTIN. Ydughal. MlNKHKAD. Diiii^arvan. Water FORD. >>M.TEKS Lt. Ves. Tl'SKAK. Black WATER Bank Lt. Ves \RKLOwLt. Ves, WiCKLOW Swash. WiCKLOW. l>i Bi.iN Bay. Kisii Lt N'es. King.stown. I'dOLBEG. I^au.ky. Mowth. Krtibriggan. 1 Fl. ev. 10 s. 1 F. 1 Int., bright 508. dark 10 s. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. Rf<{. 2 P. Vertical. 1 F. •2 F. 1 Rev. ev. 2miu. 1 F. 1 Rev. ev. 4 min. 1 F. Red. 1 F. I Rev. ev. min. 1 Rev. ev. 4 mill. Jiedk White 1 F. lied, 2 F. 1 V. \ V. 1 F. 1 F. Red. 1 F. Miles 18 21 10 16 10 10 10 8 15 9 10 9 IC 10 2 12 10 15 11 !0 4. Height of Light above the Sea. Where placed. 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. Hkmarks. 8. H. W. at F.&C. 9. Feet. 195 78 285 152 44 53 128 M 38 F 28 101 M 33 M 39 38 121 36 41 3t) 08 29 134 43 12 On outer Island W. side of entr. S. side of Head Ballinacourty • pt., N. entr. Hook Tower, E. side of entr. Duumore Pier- head, W. side of entrance Diincannon Fort E. side of Chan. Duneannon N. , imiieN.N.E. I E. of the Fort Otf Coiiingbeg Rockin32fms On the Rock N.E.part, in 19 fathoms S. end of Bank in 22 fathoms S.E. by E. i E., 8 miles from WicklowHead in 12 fathoms On the Head Off N. pt. of Kiah Bank, in 10 fathoD's Centre of E. Pier-head W. Pier-head End of S. Wall, entrance to K. Liffey (1 Tower) Near E. extreme of N. Wall S.E. pt.,Howth Peninsula E. Pier-head Pier, S. side of entrance N. / 51 49-5 51 51 66 59 G 62 4-4 52 74 52 9 52 132 52 2-4 52 121 52 29-5 52 42 52 57.7 52 57-8 53 19 53 18 53 20-5 53 21 53 21-7 53 24 53 36 7 W. o / 7 59 7 50-6 7 35 2 7 33 1 e .55-9 6 59-5 6 56 6 40 6 12-3 7 6 5 47 6 01 5 56-3 6 8 6 93 6 14 6 3-3 6 4 6 11 Seen from W. { S. round North to E. .^ S. A Fog-l)ell. Open seaward to S.W. by S. Vi.sible from E. by N. 4 N. to W. 3 S. Green in the direction of the rocks, extending from Ballinacourty I)t. Red in the direction of Carrickapane Rock, In all other directions While. Fog-bells. To N. of the Pier White. liower light tidal. In one with light in Duneannon Fort leads over bar. Gong. Two faces White, one Red. Red light visible every 6th minute, seen 10 miles. Fog-bell. Gong. Gong. H. M. 4 54 5 14 5 12 Gong. Gun. Not visible from S. until it bears N.W. 4 N., which clears the Muglin Rocks. Fog-bell. Low light much fainter than the Upper, and only shown from half flood to haK ebb. Fog-bell. A ray of Red shows to the S. of the It. across the River Fog-bell. 5 20 5 40 10 29 11 10 O so .H 9 40 Ft. 12 12'^ m m 11 12 13 13 11 18 LIGHTS AND TIDES.-BR1TI8H ISJ.ANDS. "3 I I . 1 Nanif of Light. 2. Nil. of Ivii^hts, Character, &c. Heiglit .f Light above the Sea, ROI'KABTI.I,. Droglieda. Dundalk. Carlingford. tf DCNDRUM BaV. Ardglass. South Hock. Douaghadee Harbour. t'OPELAND. Belfast Bay. Lame Lough. Maidens. Ratuli.n. Lough Foylk. Inishowf.n. Warren Point. Near Red Castle Wliite Castle. Ture. Cutinyberry. Culniore. Culk<'i'ragli. Boom Hall. Rosse Bay Lt. V Near Rock Mill. IFl. ev. 128. 3 F. 1 Fl. ev. 15 8. 2F. 2 F. 1 Rev. ev. 45 s. 1 Int. I?etl 4") H. Dark los, 1 F. /i,(l. 1 Rev.ev. I^niin 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 7?«/. Miles 18 G to 7 » 15 9 12 G 12 12 10 1 F. 2 F. 2— Upper, Int. Bright TjO s. Dark 1(» s. Lower, F. 11 14 i:j 21 Inmstrahul. 1 F. R,'(f. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. I F. 1 Rev, Red. Red. ev. "J mm. each. 18 Feet. 148 27 40 23 33 104 29 G2 IS 52 m 131 27 42 E. 9.-) W. 82 243 1S2 (!7 each. 30 25 26 25 45 50 12 20 15 181 Where jilaced. 6. Position. Lat. Long. On the summit of the larger Rock Sandhills, Sside River Boyue. Entr. of Chan. Haulbowline Rock ( 1 tower) (ireenore Pt. St. John's Pt. Head of Harb. On the Rock S.E. Pier- head Small Coj)eland Island HoUj'Avood Bank Farres Pt. On the Rocks, 800 yds. apart AltacorryHead, N.E. point of Island Dunagree Pt. , E. and W. 153 yards On the Point OuttT edge of Ridge shoal E. side of Chan. Onthe flats, S.E side of Chan. Flats, N.W. side of Chaniii'l On the Point E. side of er.tr, N.E. part of I. N. 53 35-7 53 4;{ 53 587 -A 1 'A 19 54 13 2 rA 15-2 54 23-9 54 38-7 54 41-7 54 39 54 51 54 55-8 W. Light 55 18-2 55 13-() W. O / G 05 G 15 G 18 {> 5 (i 7-9 5 40 6 36-8 5 25 1 5 32 5 32 5 53 7. Remarks. 8. 9. I H. W. "3 ^ at s.g F.&C. 5 48 5 44-3 6 10-7 I17((> flash between N. ^ W. and S.W. by S., and ReAl between same bearings towanls the land The E. ami W. lights in one lead over the bar ; and when the N. light opens, steer for it. Also 8 beacon lights from the Bar to the Quay. Lower It. from half flowl to half ebb. Fog-bell. Fog-bell. R>'d seaward, White towanls the Harbour and entrance of Belfast Bay. Fog-bell. Also a Green light on Hollywootl Bank, and 3 more Oreen lights towards Belfast— to be left on port side in going -.ip. Also a Redh. 13 feet high S.W. of the Stone Beacon— to be left starboard side. on 6 55 -G N.W. by W. and S.E. by E. Fog- bell. F. It. not visible to W. of island, and within 10 miles appears as a separate It. Also a Red It. towards < Jarrickvanan Rock. Fog-bell proixjsed. The following 11 Its. only shown from October to May. Visible from E. by N. to W, h S. 56 25-9 I 7 13-C H. M. II 10 5G 11 10 11 10 58 10 43 10 48 10 43 20 Ft. llil m 14 IG 13 9.', G!? G,i Si.ino. 9 LIQHTS AND TIDES.-BRITISH ISLANDS. 19 9. w. U.H f£ ; ^•1 ;C. M. Ft. lU no 1.31 10 14 1() 1.} 9,'. i\i Oi "f 1. 2. 3 4. 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. Niiinc of No. of Light.**, Character, 8tc. Height ot Light alH't^e Where placed. Position. Remarks. H. W. . at 1,1 0_ i 1 ■c|o Light. .;£ n 3 the Sea. Lat. Long. I'. 1 \,Vj. «=r N. W. Miles Feet. / o » H. M. Ft. Loi'Oll SWILI.Y. 1 F. Re,/. 14 91 Fanad Point 55 1(>'5 7 37 9 Towards the Lough While. 'I'oKV Imlanp. 1 F. ir> I.'IO \.\V. Point 55 10 4 8 15 To vessels iiassing S. E. of the Island it is not visible between N.W. byN. and N.W. ^ W. Aianinorc Island 1 FIsIl uv. 20 8. 18 23.{ N.W. Point 55 9 8 33-8 IF /((Ve seaward; h'lil wlienbearing betweer .S. W. by W. ij W. and W. ^ S. liATin.IN-O- 1 F. Ki IKi Oil the Inland .54 .39 -8 8 49-9 lieil towards the mainland, and BlRNK. Sound eastward of island. KlI.LYHKiJ.S. I F. 14 08 St. .John's Pt. 54 .34 1 8 27-5 . 5 10 Hi M I F. 12 (>(i Ilotten island .-)4 .30 -8 8 20 4 Sl.IfiO. 1 F. 13 79 Black Rock .54 18 8 37 •2F. 11 10 49 Oyster Island, 105 yds. ai)art 54 18-1 N. 8 ;i4i Lt. After passing the Bar, lights in oiu^ clear the Bun (Jar Bank, and lead to entrance of Har- bour, or u]> to Metal Man Beacon. 5 23 11 ;, Broadhaven. 1 F. 12 87 (iiiliaeashel Pt., W. side, entr. 54 l() 9 r>:i U'/iltc, seaward and towards E. side of Haven ; Jicd when seen from W. side of Harbour. 5 lOJ. Kaule. 2 V 20 220 liiigXc Rock, E. byN. andW. byS., 132 yds. .54 17 10 5-5 Ill one, they lead clear of all dangers between Blacksod Bay and Broadhaven, and also the Stags. Black Rock. I Rev. ev. .^min 22 283 Western extreme 54 4 2 10 19 3 W'/iilr seaward and lied towards the land from N.E. by E. \ E. round E. to S.E. by E. i E. Blaoksod Pt. 1 F. Blauksod Bay. 54 <) 10 3-5 liiiibliuq. Lighted, jirobably, end of 1805. WhiUi from S.W. round E. to N.E. by E. ; lied from N.E. byE. to N.E. ? E. 4 47 10 (Jlew Bay. Clark Island. 1 F. 27 341 N. pt. of Island 53 49-5 9 59-5 - 4 38 121 [.NLSiUiOin'. 1 F. 10 30 On the Island, entrance to West]>ort. .53 49 9 40-2 Slyse Head. 1 Rev.ev. 2niin. I F. 1,-) 14 120 11.-) Outermost Isl. off the Head, S. i W. and N. •JE., 142 yds. 53 24 10 14 Lights in one, lead outside of all the Rocks between Galway and (Jlew Bays. N., or Rev. light, has one Red and two White faces. 4 30 13!, (iALWAY Bay-. Kkraoh Ihland. 1 Rev. ev. 3min. 16 115 W. Point 53 8-9 9 51-5 LSIHIJEER. 1 F. 15 110 S. Point 53 2-7 9 31-5 A strip of Red light in direction of Finnis Rock. 4 .35 \xi Mutton Island. 1 K. 10 33 Centre of Island, off Galway 53 15-2 9 3-2 4 20 y-n Uiver Shannon. Loop head. 1 F. 22 277 Near extreme of Hcatl 52 33 6 9 .55-9 Visible when bearing between S. W. by W. i W., and N.W. by W. KlLCRADAN. 1 F. 16 133 On the Point 52 .34 -8 9 42 f. /iV(^ seaward. White towards the River. Tarbert. 1 F. 13 58 On the Rock 52 35 5 9 21 8 ----- 4 57 u\ !.| LIGHTS AND TIDES.— imiTlSH ISLANDS. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5- 6. 7. 8 9. Hoiglit I'oHition. H. W. H Nnint! ot No. ot Lights, ("liaractcr, fcv. *5j of Light above tho Soa. Where iihu'iil. Ukmakkn. at F.&C. I-ight. Lat. Long. 1 N. 1 W. 1 .MllcH Feet. '0 ' 1 / ] 1 H M. Ft. Hcovfd. 1 F. 10 to 12 4<> N VV. side .,t R-2 ;«» !» \ 'A JJook. ' W/iit,' from 1';. .'. N toN.W. I.y W., or 140 R,t/ to the N. of Hook. Tralee. IF. 3 .■>*) Li( h'Siuni.hiiv .V2 U\-2 !» .V2!) UlaiKi n'hitr from I-:, hy S, J H. to W.N.W. lied seaward from W.N.W. toN. 1 K. 4 ,{ m Tiiinight. 1 - - On the bluml 5'J 4:) Id 40 liiiildhiq. Xai.i'Mia. IF. 12 54 CroinweH's Fort 'A ntJ 10 19 3 . .{ 42 II Skkii.kjs. UF. 25 18 1 372 Highest l{i.ok 74 M 4(i'.' miles oH'sliore, 240 yds. apart 10 :i'2 7 When Calf Hock is lighted, Uie high light will he extinguished. (alt Iv.iik. 1 Fl. • On the Hock .-)1 ;{42 10 ir> Buildintj. .Mav he hj^lited md of 18tir). Kan 1 in I'l.w. 1 F. 12 '>'t K. eiitnuiee on .")1 :i'.}'2 44 8 Visible from W. by N. round Southerly to S. E. I.y K. ^ E. .{ 47 10 lloanearrig I. «'i()okliavi'ii. 1 F. 13 (>7 Hock Island, N. ■>! 'JSH pt. of cntrancei i inin 11 32 m 2") 189 2.) 40 44 48 HA 40 40 Where placed. 6. Position. Lilt. Long. lil..VIARK.S. 8. H. VV at F.&( 9. \V. side of Port One mile inland W. Pier-head N.F. corner of Town Extreme of E. Pier On Battery. 100 yards inside of E. Pier end ! N. o / . 51 8-4 51 8;{ 51 14-4 E. o / 2 437 2 4:{'7 While !•«' leet water. H. M. Ft. 12 18 10 12 !.". i l!> IS. •A 14 In a small fort ")1 IS'i) On Sand Hills, 51 20 4 N. of Town NearS.W. part 51 24-2 of Bank in 7 ; fathoms 1 E. bide of Bank 51 307 i 2 34 ti in 14 fathoms j j NearS.W. part I 51 22 2 2(i 4 of Bank in 17 < ; fathoms I I 2 55-9 : Visible from E. | N. toS.VV I round North. I When leet water on bar, t xtin- j guished when 1(5 ft. No vessel : must attempt the iiarbonr \mless ' this light is .shown When 1() feet water on bar; also a second light iielow this for 19 ft. ; this light in line with (jrevii. light shows the entrance. ;> 20'5 ' In the Weilingen Channel. Bell and < iong. I'as.s N. ot iiet/ buoy, moored in 12 fathoms, at 2 miles N. .i E. from light. Twice White and once Jfid. COASJ^ OF HOLLAND OR NETHERLANDS. Ki.i sniNc on 1 F. \'l,ISSIN(JF.N. Wkstim'I'i'.i.. ! 1 F. \ eelt SI.M ScHoUWK.S. \ KKKLIKKKK. 1 F. 1 F. 1 Rev.ev. l^niin 1 F. 10 4!) 1 20 144 10 ;w ;j 33 20 171 5 5G Westhaven 51 2(i"4 Bastion OKI Church 51 31 8 Tower Kampveer tower 51 32'i) S. side of entrance (^n the Dyke S. 51 31 7 ot Midilelburgi Harbour j N.W. end of i 51 42-5 Island N.W. part ol 51 435 Island A .•i47 .! 27 3 40-5 3 41 '1 \'i.sible 111 .Sloe Sand Creek, and entrance to Veere. 3 417 Visible 25 .s. . greatest brilliancy 10 s. 3 43 .Shows the anchorage by night. 48 20 15 I 20 15 0«> LIGHTS AND TIDES.— HOLLAND. I 4 Naiiic lit' Liglit. Rkxe^se oh Brouwkrh- HAVKN Gat. < )ssenhoek. Stfenoii Bank. (fOEDEREKDE (HI GOEKEK. Kwailf Hoek. Miil Zee. Zand\oort. eomond-aan'- Zee. Kykdlin. Nieiiwe Diep. Texel Island. Ejerlanu .sche gronden. Vlieland. Terscuelling. Schiermonnik Oog. 2. Nil. i>t Lights, I'haractt'r, Ac. 3. 4. ir Height |a of Light ahovo > the Sea. Wliere phieed. e. PuHitiun, Lat. Long. 2 F. 1 F. IF. 1 F. I F. 1 F. 1 F. '2F. 1 F. Red. 2 F. Red. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 2 F. 1 F. I F. I F. Red. 1 F. 1 Kev. ev. mi 1 F. 1 F. 2F. Mile 12 to 1(> 10 10 IS 4 4 ca. 4 16 6 5 4 IG 18 I'd 8 18 12 22 18 15 Feet. 11.5 148 148 115 49 59 1(> 9.-) 82 C6 50 120 126 161 29 ,35 1G4 151 177 147 139 N. Hide of iHliiiid 8(K) ydw. apart End of Pier, VV. from liroii- wershaveii ltd. Beacon on N. siile of Island On Church Tower On Sand Hills, N.E. of Goeree On a Tower, W. end of Harl). On Sand Hills, \V. l)yN. iN. a mile from village, 457 yds. apart IT 51 51 51 .51 51 44-5 44-7 49-9 491 50-2 51 51 51 46-7 49 2 54-8 N. 47 •;i 5.3 5 55-6 58-8 N. side of entr. E. .Mole On Sand Hills, S. of village On Sand Hi'ls, S. of village On Sand HilKs, N.E. ofvdiage On .Sand Hills, N.\V.„f village On Sand Hills, \V. of village, 408 yds. apart ( >n the Fort Extreme of Wicrhoofd Inner jiart of di) W.N.W. of village Oiide Schild N. E. extreme of Texel Island Highest .Sand Hill E. end of Island Brandaris Steeide, near W. end of L Sand Hills, W. part of Island, 1102 yds. apart 51 55-6 51 55 51 .-)4-5 52 6 -.3 52 12 .52 14-6 .52 22-5 52 37-2 N. 52 57 i 52 58 53 2-5 .53 11 .53 17-8 5.3 21-7 53 28-4 .53 29-2 4 12 4 7-9 4 45 Lt. 4 8-2 4 10 3 4 10-9 4 16 -3 4 237 4 25 9 4 31 -9 In one, lead into Brouwers- havc-n Gat. .Seen from West wan I it is Red ; a guide for the North ram|)UM. It show.s dark Rid h\ the direction for navigating the North I'anipus When in one with Goeree Coast light, hearing S. W. hy W. 4 W., a vessel has reached the middle of the North I'anipus. From the W. the N. It. appears Red hut W/iiti- wiien it hears N.E. by E. ; a vessel will be then in the Bank Channel. The S. It. is visibh' from S. and E. by .S., round by the West. In one, a mark for N. j)art of the Bank Channel. Shown when fishing boats are out. H. M. 2 15 4 .t. .37-6 4 43-0 4 47 4 51-4 4 51-4 5 3-8 5 131 (5 9-8 6 9 .S. W. and N. E. 51 yards apart. East side of Texel Island. Red towards W. hori/on, and White towards E. ; obscured between S.W. .' S. and S. J E. 2 .30 3 2 30 (> 30 8 40 Ft. 10 -I Zijpe. LIGHTS AND TIDES.-HOLLANl). 2» 9. f -zt ^■l J* ^'j: A. Kt. 5 10 4 4 Name i)f Liglit. 3 No. ot I.iglitM, (JharacttT, Ac. Soi'TH Hevk- I LAND LSLANI). I Borstflen. 1 F. Hath. (iOKrt IIarbol'H. i 1 F. I F. NiMizen or Tern- ' 1 F. case, Axt'l I. Tiioi.KN Island. (iui'iiilioek. Stavuntsie. Zierikzt'e. • • /iJlK'. It Oijltgensplaat. WillumstaiL Strijen-Sas. I F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. IF. IF. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. Dordsche Kil (Dordtt'han.) Krab, in the old j 1 F, Nfaas. Vaunlingi'u. j 1 F Pernis. 1 F, Schiedam. | 1 F, Wieringen. Kolhorn. Medemblik. Ven or (Jelder- sohe Hoek. i^lnkhuizeii. IF. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. ^ j Height >f Ligli .a ii>i liigiit al)(iv»' tlie Sea. Where placed. 6. PuHition. Lat. Lnng. Hrmarkh, H. W. at V.kK\ 9. . a - A RIVERS S C II E L D E AND M A A S. N. E. Miles Feet. < / « :w H.W. partof ]., lif^ht hank of tlie Sohelde 51 25 3 44 fl 32 On the inn.S.E. of the Fort 31 237 I 4 12-8 n 31 N. side of entr. 51 32'7 3 56-8 10 43 W. Jetty 51 20-5 3 .^O 4 35 N. of the Ferry 51 31 C 4 4.8 5 27 E. angle of Haven 51 35 -7 4 0-5 4 31 S. angh', near ZieriKzee 51 37 9 3 55-4 5 43 On the house, on W. Haven Head 51 37-9 3 63-6 4 31 Outer Dyke of Stootr Zolder .51 39-3 4 6-2 5 30 Land side of Dyke 51 .391 4 6 15 End of Harbou r Dam, lUver Volgerak 51 40-9 4 22-2 10 41 W. Counter- scarp 51 41 -8 4 20-6 G 35 W. Head of outer Haven 51 42-7 4 .35'0 6 48 W. extreme of Kil (Channel) ^ 51 43-4 i 4 37-5 4 31 On the Myl, at end of Krab 51 48 4 37-4 1 1 , . 51 54 4 .!• 1 . . 51 53 7 4 LM 5 ., . . I5I 54 4 24-5 H. M. Ft. Visible in the E. ^ I tide in the road of Zierikzee m\<\ entrance of Hump 1 Leadiuj, Us. ior the fairway of Zype coming from the K rammer! ZUIDER ZEE. 4 16 G 39 , . • . 10 55 4 25 On the shore W. end of Island N. Jetty N. Jetty On an angle of Dyke W. Jetty 52 53-2 52 53-4 52 47-7 52 46-5 52 44-6 52 42 4 5G-3 I 4 50 -2 4 15 5 6-8 5 17-2 5 17-8 I These lights, N. and S. 448 yds. I apart, point out the track for vessels going from Zuiiler Zee J- to the Sioot (the Amsterdam , (piarantine) or from the Texel by Anistel Diep, towards Am- I sterdam. This and Ven It. are leading Its. for the Krab-bengat. 24 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— HOLLAND. 11- u i H 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7- 8. ^ 9 4J Height Position. H. W. Nanu- ut No. of Lights. Character, &c. 'S > ofLight above the Sea. Whore placed. Remarks. at F.&C. Liglit. Lat. Long. .2'E Miles Feet. N. ' E. o / H. M. Ft. I>niokerhiiven. I K. 10 End of S. Jetty 52 41-2 5 5 3 fldoni. 1 F. - S. entrance of River 52 38 5 9-7 Mliiin. I F. - - End of N. Jetty 52 31-2 5 4-5 irniid Zee. IF. 7 % mile from N^. W pt. , Marken I. 52 28 5 5-2 Mark en. 1 F. 10 -)2 E. pt. of Island 52 27 -C 5 8-6 Hoek, near 1 F. 10 58 Angle of the Y, 52 22-3 5 1-1 "I Leading lights to clear the Paardanhoek, and head of Amsterdam on the N. Hoek Dnrgerdani. I Rev. Bei/. - . N. side of Y - ■ - J Nieuwendam. Wostzaan. 1 F. 4 30 • - ■ - - Only in winter. Miiiden. 1 F. - E. side of 'ntr. 52 20-2 5 4-2 • livlll. 1 F. - W. side of entr. 52 lG-4 5 20-4 Nijkerk. •2 F. • Entr. of Hiiven, 20 yds. apart 52 15 5 5 28-2 Harderwijk. 1 F. 14 46 8. side of entr. 52 212 5 37-3 RHmrg 1 F. IF. : W. Jetty Tower of the Gate 52 27-3 52 7 5 49 () 5 50 Kaiiiivn. 2F. S. pt entr. of the Ijssel 52 34!) W. 5 50-4 Lt. E. N. E. and W. S. W. 44 yards. I a one, lead between the Jetties, and for 1 \ miles up to entrance of the Ijssel. M 1 F. Rfd. . - End of S. Jetty 52 35 5 48 >>chokland. 2F. * 8 :ii N. & S. points 52 39-5 5 40-9 N. light is Red from E. to N.W. by N., and White from E. to S. fc 12 47 of Island 52 37-2 5 46 7 1 W., and from N.W. to S.W. by W. 4 W. Fog-l>ell. Hrk. 1 [{ev.ev.i^min. 10 82 S. W. point of Island. 52 39-7 5 35-8 The light continues 2 mins., then a Hash, j)receded and folhjwed by a short eclipse. Between S.S.W. & W. the light must not be approached vnthiii 2,^ and 3 miles. f^anze diep. 2F. W. side of Haven 52 30-7 5 57-7 Kragchenburg. IF. - S. pt. of entr. 52 39-3 5 50-7 Hlokzijl. 1 F. - End of N. Jetty 52 43 5 56-8 Kuinre. 1 F - W. end of Jetty 52 47 1 5 49-4 i mile W.N.W. of the northern point of the Welierzand. lit-nimer. 2F. - - W. entrance of Haven 52 50-5 5 43 N. by E. & S. by W. Stavoren. 1 F. lit •A9 N.W. .side of Harbour .52 53-2 5 21-8 i In one, they clear the rocks ott' \ the harbour marked 1)y a Red \ buoy. M IF. - ■ lOSyds. W.S.W 52 .53 2 5 21 5 of great light Hindeloopen. IF. ■ W. side of entr. 52 50 -7 5 24 Workum. 2F. N. Jetty, S. side of entrance, 1!)') yds apart 52 57-7 5 24-7 In one, lead into the entrance )f the Haven. ■*nrig or Boontjes 2F. 5 On the Aigue, W. of village, 170 yds. apart 53 7 5 23-5 In one, S.W. by W, 1 W. and N. E. by K. \ E. H.irlingen 2F. 10 m On Town Ham- part, and on N. Jetty 53 10-5 5 24-7 Lights in one, lead up to the entrance of the Haven. 1 liUi 1 IM 1 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— HAMBURG 25 8. 9 • . w. •sa, at V - .22 X .&(;. M. Ft. 1. Name of Light. No. of Lights, Character, &c. 3. 4. Height >f Li,L,'ht above till' Sea. Where placed. 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. KE.MARK.S. 8. H. W at F.&C HANOVER. BoRKUM Island Delfzyl. lvu-;ck. \VaN0ERI)(X1. (Olileuburg) l?n'iiiou Lt. V. HoiiE Weo. Hreinerhavcn. Helooland. (British) IF. 1 F. IF. Ill one tower IF. 1 F. 1 Miles 18 Feet. 142 O 8 29 12 100 3 30 15 112 7 44 20 1 221 Suiniiiit of Church Tower Entr. to Port Below pjinileu on the Dyke Near E. part of Island Entr. of River in 9 fathoms. N.E part of Hat, eutr. of Weser Geest River. Summit of I. N. o / 53 35 53 20-3 53 47-5 53 49 " 53 42-8 54 10 -8 E. o / G 40 7 3 7 54-2 8 7-2 8 14-9 7 53-1 Visible in the direction of the W. Eema. Beacons on Rothum Islet, in one with liglit-house, lead into E. and \V. Eenis. H. 10 M. 30 From February to November. A Boll aud Gun. Visible on reaching the Schlassel Tonne, the outer orkey-lmoy of the Weser. This small light will disappear on nearhig the black luioy on the port side, on entering and near tlie buoys H. and J. On entering the Dwasgot channel, tlie light apjiears red when in a line with the red buoy, and it disappears on reacliing the line of black buoy W. A. Visible round the horizon. Proposed instead — Rev. 18C5. 11 K 12 11 30 light, rf 33 HAMBURG, OR RIVER ELBE. Outer Lt. V. 1 F. . 30 N. W. by N. one 54 8 18 (r.fEUje River.) mile from Red buoy at entr. in 12 fathoms Loots (Jalliote, 1 F. . . E.S.E. U miles 53 59-8 8 21 I'ilot Veasel. from outer Light Vessel Middle Lt. V. 2 F. Red. Vertical. • 35 17 3^ miles from Pilot Vessel 53 59 8 26-5 Inner Lt. V. 1 F. ;« Mid. Chan, of N order Gatt. 53 58-3 8 31 -3 Neuwerjc 2F. 15 12 120 GO On the Island at entrance of River 53 55 S. 8 30 Lt. Kugel Baak. IF. - - - 53 53 5 8 41-7 CUXIIAVBN. 1 F&Fl.ev.709. 12 80 W. side of entr. 53 52-3 8 43 B.isch. 1 F. G 25 On the E. .side 63 53-7 1 9 13 8 A Fog-l)ell. In rain and snow a Gun is occasionally fired. Carries a lantern at ,', mast, when within the second Lt. Vessel. A 13ell. Ships must pass to the southward of this vessel. Seen generally before losing sight of Helgoland light. If out of the Channel the Light Vessels fire guns, and by night burn blue lights. S. by E. \ E., and r. r. 685 yarda apart. In line with Cuxhaven It. clears shoals to the Eastward. In lower ])art of river, eclipsed 5s. When the river is free from ice. 9. Ft. 12 11 in ir, LIGHTS AND TIDES.- JUTLAND. li \ ! !i 1 1. 2. 3 4. 5. 6 7. f'. 9 Name iif Light. No. of LiglitH, t'haracttT, &<;. Il.igllt ot'Liglit alxivc till- .Sea. Wliiri; [ilaced. Position. Eat. '' Long. Hkmarks. n. w. at F.&C. ■3 & N. E. Stiifcli.s. 1 F. Miles G Feet. 'J'2 Entrance of Riv. .Stiir, N. Pior / 5.S 49.S O / !) 24 1 H. M. Ft. (iliifkstiiilt. 1 K. 24 N. I'icr 53 47-1 9 24-5 Hed only in the direeticjn of the Inlet, otherwise White. :i 9 10 Kiaiit .Sand. 1 F. - S.E. part. - - I.iilif Lt. v. Ill 10 fcot. 1 F. .5 • 53 34 i) 42 Sfluilaii. 1 V. u.\ I.I. 2F. 4 9 10 1 F. & Flsh.iev. 20 4mins.for l.")s. 9 54 17 2 - , .54 175 54 19 19 Wyk Harluiur 54 41-5 15 19 in the Dyke .H 437 24 (>4W. On Li.-it or N. 55 3 72 I'lid of Island, 55 2'9 2910yds. apart' 205 liiiie Klif. near .54 .50 8 MrOns Mill, Kamji village ' i 8 3() A Fog-hell, with a (iiui. In as- I oeiiding the Eider to Drogdin two small leading Its., W. of Toiiniugen, lead to a Floating It. in the .Sorrestn mim^n ; tlii^nce i steer for two leading Its. near ' Casting-Siil ; theneetwo leading j I{ed Its. conduct to two leading > I Its. near Wilkelniinekoog ;■ thence ateer for a floating Urtfii I It, then by the North and South I Keach for a floating Ital light, , I where vessels shouhl wait for | daylight to jiass the Drugdeii. ' 8 47-5 8 50 8 57 - - - . ' 8 34'3 In one, lead into the Harbour. .\gger Channel ' 1 F. Ijight Vessel. I'liisted. Liim I F. linl. tiord. H.\.\sTUOL.\i. IHev. ev. Amin 2(» 218 N. \V. pt., .Jut- 57 68 land 30 Inside the Chan.; 50 45 17 .S. Pier. 56 57-3 IlllMSH.M. 1 K. A- Fl. ev. i 4 luins. !1 IH2 On the Point | 57 35 8 41 3 8 24-2 S 26 7 8 20-5 8 15 8 41-9 8 36-2 9 .50'0 Western It. reddish. I^ts. in one lead over the Bar in 10 ft. at L. W. At ten miles distance, visible round the horizon. ' langes to Htd when over the bar, and bearing .S. S. W. In the direction of Li.stenlyb it will shed a reddish retleetioii from N. by E. i E. toN.E. ,', E. 15th November to 20th March. The It. is steady for 2 m. 55 s. , ' then obscured for 27 s. , a strong i It. for 11 s., and again obscured for 27s., after w hieh a .steady It. i 2 21 Hks.sk 1.1 1. \ I S]»otsbier; Hielm. l'."ttJ. LIGHTS AND TIDES. -KATTEGAT. [<. 9 \. w. = to at 1) c \kV. s.^ I. M. Ft. .-{ l) 10 •2 1 !t •21 (i ^ Name of Light. 2- No. of Lights, Cliaracter, &c. 3 4. 1 Height of Light above ■^ the Sea. Where placed. 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. Remarks. 8. H. W. at J'. & C. 9. c te tf-r KATTEGAT, WEST COAST. Siv vcknorSkaw 1 F. Miles' Feet. 18 144 N. • O / E. Aalh'A. iiii tshiilni. 2R I 1 ittv. fv. ^niin.; 10 Frcilei'ik.shavn, or Fladstraml. Tri.i'li'lun R(^cks Light Vessel, j Lai'so (/hannel Lij^ut Vosael. Hals, t'utranceofj Liini Fiord. | KiiVpIht (Inuiil ; Linlit V'essel. 12 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. .3F. /.v,/. Anholt IsiAND. ; I Rev. ev. 25 i 4 () [) 10 11 9 14 Aiiholt Lt. V. l''oi:Nr,.ss. Hks.ski.o. Sj)()tsbicrg. Jliuhn. I F. i 10 I 1 Kev. ev. ^min.i 1.'! I 1 F. 1 Hev. 1 F. & mins. I 1<> 1 10 Fl. ev. 4 1« I to 19 12 Hi ^ of a mile \V. of extreme N. pt., Jutland On the Beach, 14 yd.s. apart .Summit of the S. island 57 44- 1 i 10 37 -9 H. •_2 I i) ! .31 .12 41 M 2!) F. & Miz. 122 31 .S. Pier head, 5 feet apart E.SE. 4 mile from the rocks, ill 7 fathoms Eastwanl of Dvale Orouud, in 10 fathoms N. Pier-head S. E. by S. from Nyvager, in 4 ; fathoms About 14 miles from E. pt. of Island 57 35 7 10 25-5 57 2'J-2 10 37-6 j 57 2(31 ; 10 327 I 57 25-8 11 IG I .17 13 ■ 10 41-2 From E. 3 N. to N.E. 4 N. It. shows very brilliant, less so on other points. Four black tables on a white board denote the Kattegat to be obstructed by ice. A lied Ball on ohl Skagen liglithouse indicates that the Laeso Lt. V. is noton her station. A fisherman's light, shown from Lst September to Ist May. Bright 5 ,s. , eclipsed 25 s. A Red Ball if Laeso Lt. V. is not on hor station. M. 5G Marcli to Fo-'-bell. 31st Dc 50 59 'G 10 18 '5 ' Visible round the horizon. .'57 8-7 t 11 207 March to 31st December. 56 44-3 11 ;]'J-2 69 115 123 164 About a mileE. of Knob reef, in 16 fathoms N.E. k K., 24 miles from the entr.of Greeuaal liavt'n E. side of Island 06 1 1 "8 Ise Fionl, E. | 55 58-6 side of entr. 1 On Island ' 56 8 56 457 11 5 13 56 26 6 10 57-6 11 42 '8 II 51-6 A F. It. shows from E. side 'of Tower, ((jo feet higii, and visible lOniilesj, when Anholt Lt. V. is not on her station- March to 31st December. Gong. Bright s., eclii>sed 24 s. A White Hag, witli blue perpen- dicular stripe, shows tliat the Great Belt is obstructed Ijv ice. i 10 48-5 \ The Fish, is preceded and foUowed I I by a short eclipse. A White ' I liaj;, with Idue vertical stripe, ] i .shows that the Great Belt is ' obstructed by ice. KATTEGAT, EAST COAST. MoHri' TAVCrK. NiDlNliKN. l)"ttJ. 1 F. 2 F. 1 F. 15 95 12 66 each 10 45 On the Point On the Bock, EN.E IkWS VV.. n yanls Winga Sound ,56 55 i 12 22 57 18-5 57 39 11 53-5 11 43 N.W. of the Tower is a Steeple, where n, F'og-l)ell is tolled. .Shown from 15th Augu.st to 15th April. Ft. I 28 LIGHTS AND TIDBS.-LITTLE BELT. 1. 2 3. 4. 6. 6. 7. 8. 9 Height Position . H. W. o S, Name of No. of liiglits, Character, itc. .2 of Light above the >Sea. Where placed. Rkmarics. at F.&C. S.9 Light. Lat. Long. Milos Feet. N. E. / H. M. Ft. Buskiir. IF. 10 82 Islet, in Winga 8ouiul 57 38-2 11 40 White to seaward, at a distance ; on a near approach becomcH Rttd. 15th Augmt to 15th A})ril. WisoAor^'iNO.v 1 F. & Fl. 1 IF. J 15 81 Winga Island 57 38 11 36 N.E. iN. .. IS.W. AS., 138 yds. The N. F. It. varied by flashes. each each Nya Elsborg. IF. U 44 Hvaltisken 57 41 i 11 50-3 GiJtheborg. Bastion Marstkaxd. 1 Rev. ev. 2iiiin. 22 282 Karlsten Fort, highest point of Island- 57 53-6 11 35 Hallo. lF.&Fl.ev.408. 16 119 8. E. , i uiile from Siilo Beacon, «!ntr. of Aby Fiord 58 20-5 11 13 KOSTER. 2 F. & Fl. ov, 7 s. 15 12 214 each N.IsletofGroup, highest jioiut 58 54-2 11 N. and S., 78 yar.ls. Dusternbi Kiel. Femersun Makien. LITTLE J5ELT. t ! I |i1 i Aarhuus. 1 F. 1 F. R<-d. 1 t 1 39 18 S. end of Mole N. Mole-head |56 9-3 1 " ' 10 13 o Thi-no. 1 F. 11 100 S.E.sideofl., on Church Tower 55 57 10 26-8 Horsen.s. .Samsb. 2F. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 3 min.s. ' 6 14 to 16 32 N. 11 S. 119 S. of the eutr. 119 yds apart Vestborg Point 55 51-6 55 46-2 9 61 -8 10 33-4 Bugense. 1 F. Rni. 3 20 0)1 the Pier ."<.") 34 10 61 Fredericia. 1 F. Red. 3 18 N. Mol.. 55 33 C 9 45 Middelfart. IF. o 18 Pier-head 55 30-5 9 44 Ba.igo Island. IF. 10 39 S.W. Point 65 17-7 9 48-1 Asaens. IF. 9 20 On tlie Pier, 15 yds. from hi.'ad 56 16-3 9 53-6 Aaro, Sleswig Shore. IF. 9 26 S.Moleofllarb. 55 157 9 42 9 Aabeuraa, or Apenrade, 1 F. Red. 3 16 S.MoleofHarb. 55 '2-5 9 26 Aus. 1 F. 11 78 S.E. pt. of Id. 54 51 -3 9 59-3 .Ereskjobing. Eckernforde. IF. IF. 4 16 Navires Quay Pier-head .54 53-4 54 28-2 10 25-6 9 50-3 Biilk. IF. 11 51 Kiel Fiord entr., W. point. 64 27-4 10 119 Priedrichsort. 2F. 8 4 33 W. 16 E. Pnni])arta of Fortress. Withiiitliept. of reefs on board a yaelit 54 23-5 10 11-2 Keep close to the S. Mole-head, Lighted occasionally. Retl in direction of Ronnen point, and Whitt otherwise. Bright 15 a., eclipsed 25 s. With- in 6 miles the eclipse between the 8tea6 7 '2 98 Siajllaud I .TO 7-1 < 'OPKNIIKJKN. I'ragiJr. or Drog- ■len Lt. V. Kiugc. IF. .V- M. ev. I 8 ■i mm. I 110 17 42 .n 41 E. o / 12 20-8 12 21-2 N.E. Tower of ;-)() 2 4 12 .37 -6 the Castlo I S. Pier ;;« 21 E. side of Tre ' 55 42-2 I Kroner Battery 1 F. V. 'J 1 .31 ; 200 yds. S.E. by, 55 .3;.l-2 .'*<. of Qua-tus] (iround, in 41 fathoni.s 12 37-4 12 34 5 W.N. VV. and b. S.K., 4;JS yards. Not .seen wheu hearing .ihont N N.E., being ob-tructedhy th.' .S. E. spire of the e:».itle. W. :■} S, and E. 3 N., !200 yard.s. i In one shows the direetion of { the Sul)uiarine Cabh'. H. .\I. Ft 12 3"' i The rti.,!i li 52 | 12 .50 j W. by N. ^ N. and E l.y S. ^ S., 191 yards. In one h'ad into the Harbour. 27 288 N. Pier-head On the face of the Hill 55 .59r>l 12 44 4 56 3 i 12 42 5« 18 2 12 27 A fishing light. ProjMned. I fff ;■, uel! 1>AKS. ^^^■/l(,. I'll.l.Al. LIGHTS AND TIDES.— PRUSSIA. 31 9 w. '? & t :C'. .£■£ .N.ime of Light. 2 N(j. of Lights, (."harai'ter, &c. 3. 4. i Height I'f Liglit la 1 *' Jlbove tlie Sea. Where placed. 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. Remarks. 8. H. W. at F.&V. « to I BORNHOLM. i'-M lie Ih.vA i'iif. 2F. Miles 8 each Feet. 48 E. 29 E. It. on the Mole. W. It. in the Town N. / 55 57 E. / 14 42 1! VMM.VH I'OINT. 1 F. 14 279 On «f«ill,ierg, near N. ]toint of Island 55 171 14 4G-8 < UR;--i'iANs6, or Kl f(lHOLMt<. 1 Rev. ev. 20 s. Bright 2 s. 14 94 On tlie largest towerofthefort. 55 19-3 15 11 6 In ii line lead into the Harltour. Visil)le round the horizon. H. M. It. IIANSE TOWNS AND PRUSSIA. Tiavcniiimh'. 1 Lubeck, ) Wunit'iimndc, (Mt'cklenburg) |).\KS. Ahkona. i .kkiinwali). iKliSIlOFT l;iXlli)KT. Hiri.A. \>.\S7.U.. I» I'll. I. .M. Mlil'STER OrT. Mkmkl. 2 F. Vertical. Low It. EkiI. I F. 1 Rev. ev. niin. I F. ir> () IG 12 95 67 58 108 41 a mile below Traveniiinde VV. side of eutr On the Point I 1 F. Swineniiinde. i f Portof Stettin, ] (>der River, j (. 1 Rev. ev. 45 s. | 17 (Whih'& Red.), 1 F. i 21 I 1 F. /ieii. 10 1 Rev. ev. 2niin.| 18 Vis. 70 s. j i 1 F. I 22 1 llev. ev. imin.i 10 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 Rev. ev. 4iuin. 1 F. 5;j 59 10 53 fhi 10-5 1 12 57 54 28-9 12 31 54 41 13 26-2 From 1st Aut;ust to 30tli .\pril. Fixed light, shown uidy in the direction of Trindelen Reef (W. .1 N. to N.W. from the lighthouse. ) 54 147 13 55-4 53 55 : 14 17-6 53 56 I 14 17 54 327 16 33 200 I Wittow Peninsula 154 N.E. part of Island 211 E. side of Harbour 30 E. Mole Head 160 j Nearthe village, i 420 yds. from | i i the shore | i 220 ' N. pt. Prussian I 54 50 ; 18 207 1 Pdiiierania i 1-JO ; N.E. 4 E. 4 I, -.4 -Ml 18 49-2 I cables from I I the point I 14 I 75 Neufahrwasser I Tower i 10 ! 61 Fxtreme of E. j ; ; Mole I 20 i 92 I S. E. part of the , Town 20 j 142 ! On the Cape. 20 I 98 [ N.E. side of j entrance. i I I 54 24-3 ; 18 40-2 54 25 54 38-3 54 577 55 437 iQ Atu^ 'i^- 'i"'ust to 15th Mav. 19 59-2 21 6-2 1st Augii.st to lotli May. .12 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— RUSSIA. Name of Lif^'nt. No. f>f Iviglits, t'hiir.iutir, &<;. J [eight of Light the Sea. WhcT' placed. 6. position. Li.t. Long. 7. IlKMAHK.S. 8. H. W. at F.&C. 9 o tt RUSSIA. h Lysek Out. SWALFER OrT. FiLHANI) (W. of Osel Island. ) Dome NcsH, Ness Lt. V. RUNO. UigH, Mouth oi liiver Dwiiiii. Kinij. Pernau. W'orin.so, entr. to Mooiisuiul. Werder, Moi.m- aund. Dager Okt. Odensholm. Paker Ort. •SotROP. Na«gen. Revel-stein Light Vessel. 1 F. 1 Piev.ev. limin. 1 F. •-> F. 1 Rev. cv. 3 niin, 1 F. 1 F. & FlsL. ev. i mill. 1 F. Jied. 1 F. Gmn. 1 Kev. ev i miu- 11 2F. ii-ii i 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. & Fl. ov. 21 lain. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 Rev ev. niin. vis. 10 8. 2F. Miles Feet. 13 127 12 120 13 127 10 92 1 8 57 8 • 10 200 1(1 103 I) 21 10 20 11 92 14 07 11 94 21 328 10 102 14 155 13 135 10 48 13 130 • • On the (';i])e, 1100 yards in shore S. point, Osel Island \V. iit.df Filsand Island Extrtiinity of the NeHS, S.S. W. i W. and N.N.E. i E., 100 yards. N. of tlui White l)Uoy,933yds. from the reef, in 1.5 fathoms Hochberg, S.E. elevation of the Island Fortkamet Dike (1 Tower.) N.W. extreme, Magnusliiilm dike, N. sid(.' of entrance S. part of Island S. entrauce W. ii.-),rt of Id. N. O ' 57 34 2 57 54 G 58 23 57 45 57 48-9 57 48-1 57 3-5 57 4 E. o / 21 44-1 22 4 '2 21 49-9 22 37-5 22 39 1 23 15-5 24 1-3 24 1 58 5-8 ; 23 59-0 58 23 I 24 30-3 59 17 '23 8-3 W. point of Id. ,58 34 23 31-3 Hill, near W. I 58 55 22 15'2 pt, r,f I );i^i; Id. o mile.'* inland 1 N.W. pt. .if Id.! 59 18-3 23 22 2 I On the Cape | 59 23-3 24 2 N. ClilF of the [ 59 27-9 [ 24 24 '-'aiie i Hi miles east- | .19 28-4 24 20 '2 ward of old Tower N. end of Island N. side of reef 59 30 4 o9 43-3 24 32 24 44 From 2Stli May to 13th July. FroTn 28tli May to I'Ath July. From 28th May to 13th July. In a line they ])oiut out the direction of Dome Ness Reef. 28th May to 13th July. A (rong. 28th May t.) 13tb July, 28th May to 13vii July. Lights vertical. TIii- low light Rid, seen from E,.S. E. hy S. to S. by W. Vis. only from S. E. eastward to E. by N. i N. From 1st September to em I of season. N. E. by E. and S.W. by W., 40(5 feet aj)art. Shows White over .Stapelboten Shoals, from S.W. ^ W. to S. by E. ^ E. IM from S. by E. I 1:. round l>y E. to N. ? E. Whifehomy. |W^toN.N.E. 4E. ; Rtil vmm N.N.E. | E. eastward toS.E. by .S. Shown from 2Sth May to l.'Jth July. II. M. .Shown from 28th May to 13th Novend)er. A YAluv' flag, Blue cross. A Fog-bell. Ft. .Novii LIGHTS AND TIDES.-UUSSIA. 'Mi J. 9 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7- 8. 9 W. * 'C NiVini; of Liglit. No. of Lights, Character, &c. ■4-J Height ifLigiit above the Sea. \\'here placed. Position. Hemakkh. 11. \v. at V.fH\ &G. Lat. Long. . MWVH I'\'i«t. N. O ' K. O ' II. M. Ft. 15 17S Mount Lakn- hi'rg, near 59 20-3 21 49 2 A Turret on roof of lightlmuse, painted in stripes, trani(.iihaum. 1 1'. r, 45 W, Pier 59 55-9 29 40-5 Leads into the Channel. Fogl)ell. 1 l'etL>rhof. 2 F. ('■ U Fxtrouie of Pier 59 53 5 29 50 -7 Shows the Roadstead, and leJids into the entr. of Calley Chan. I'',laj;in Yelaguifi I F. f) 10 Entr.,N. Chan., 59 58-3 30 9 3 1 Lij.^ht Vessel. 350 yds. out- side its luoutii Neva Lt. V. I F. (J 38 Entr. Slii]i','i!ar, .300 yds. out- 59 55-3 .30 10 * side its uioutii 34 LIGHTS AND TIDES.- SVVKDKN ; \ 1. NlllMI' llf Ij^^lit. Nil. llf Li^htH, ChiimctiT, &c. 3. 4. lifiglit llf Light llllllVI' .S > the Sea. Wliero jihuiil. 6. I'ositi Lilt. I liiii '«• Hbmakm. K.'illiiuKii-giunil Liglit Ve«8el. Si'iIci'nIiit, (ir Siidir Skill'. IlKN-SKAl!. IIamki. ()( Til, iir I'ld. Ili'luri). L\>;>1KA1!. Knsk.m:. Ostni I'imigriinil liight Vessel NuIUiSKAliKN. Hji>rrn'li(ii'g. ChristiiK'ntadt. lijinij Ganileii. rUalinrg. Maakiila. I F. 1 !•". & l'"l. ev. 1 i mill. 1 K. I F. & VI ev. 'J mill. 1 F. 1 !•'. 1 F. 1 F. Miles Feet. 7 Jl S. aiile 50 58-5 10 124 Fiitr til Uiirge ' (iO (i7 .')» 56-2 1 F. 1 I!ev. ev. mill. 1 Rev. ". F. 1 F. 1 Kev. 1 F. 15 ' 17-' OiitliiSkar. l\ j mile.s S. ] VV. of Fiiikala I't. 112 S.i;. |it. (if Id., •A miles S. i W. I fniiii Ilaiigo I lleail l.'iO Aliuut liiiaiile (if l.slanil ;i(; Mead (if Inlet 101 N. IViiiit 152 On the Island, tt miles M.W. fiMlii Lci|iert(in I'iliit Statimi i; miles N.K. liy E. ] F. fmiii the ahoalest [lart 105 W. I.slet 1.1 13 r> u 14 10 12 Hajiaraiida and ; 1 V. 10 Ti I'.iiea. I T.inKM. I 1 F, I'.n i;.i, I F. 18 I'mka. ill the 1 llev. ev 2 mill. 15 N. (j)iiarken ; ns. A niin. Hi.iM(i (iAiui. ' 1 F. 12 Syilnst Brotf-i-ii 1 F. I 10 (.ninils Lt. v.; , Liiu-:i Id., near , 1 F. & Fl. ev. :j 12 11( iMilsaiid. nun. !ui Br A MO. 1 !• 59 40 K. 25 30 -5 25 25 5 24 24 7 22 58 8. H. W. at F.&C. 9. H. M. Ft. 51) 40 ' 2i 22-2 0(» Ui I H> '») 59 5(1 8 19 55-8 GO 4.3 GO 67 -2 21 0- IN ;jo G3 13 9 I 20 37-7 Gl 35 I 21 21 G2 15 21 12 C3 50 J 23 8 (i5 1 '2o 28 A F(ig-I)eil. Points out Brando Harltoiir. nen.r the town of Wa.'ta. Projiusxl. Proiio'trd. I'rDjHtacd. I'riipdtiiitl. SWEDEN. 78 .Maliiren Uo"k I Canal Entram/c 171 I Ou the Head 101 ' Fjder igg,'i(ireat I IJock 70 I Hohiio S, Gadd I Rocks i 37 ! 2.^ miles fr'ini I S. edge 78 ; S. point 17 101 I N.E. point. if Id. 05 31 23 30 04 2<.r2 21 35 7 G3 47 .S j 21 1 03 35-8 20 47-5 03 19 I 20 02 3S5 IS I'ru/Kjueil. A strong glare in a S. S. V. J W. ; direction, to mark t) ^' (Jadd- snytan Shoals. ' A Fog be 11. I 02 13-2 i 17 37 Dwelling-house, Ked2.->()ft. N.W. ! of the Tower. A (lash, lasting 7 H., is jireeeded and foll.iwe.l liy intervals .if darkness, each Being of 20 H. duration ; a F, It. then apjiears for2nin. 13s., followed liy till interval of darknOHs which jirecedcH the tlafh. I LIGHTS AND TIDES.-SWKDKN :>'. 0. tei, 3i.3 ""■A 1. 2 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 0. NiVIIK." Ot No. of Li«lits, OiaraottT, &c. ■4^ llci^llt >!' Li^iit al)(>vt.' tho Sua. Wlicn- iilactil. Poftilion. Lat. Long. Rem a I! lis. n. w. at F.itC. . a Milc-s hVot. N. ' / 11. M. Fl. A^ioii [.slaiid, iiir 1 Itcv. Fl»h. fv. 12 !>■) K. piiiiit 01 .Tt 17 29 IfmlikHWivll. •20 H, SniK .lrN 118 On tlio Lsland (io ;h5 18 22-3 (iniinlkallv 2 F. HI llha. Iv of N. )art (liiiiulk.al 00 ;{() 18 .55 Lij^ht V'l'.-tm'l. Sl.oal DUKHDKN, illdic ! F. 12 (i,"> W. ]ioint ck 00 10 -2 18 55 3 S, (Jiiarki'ii. SvAiiTKi.rn, 1 1!l'\. n FI«h.s. l.-J 08 On tliL' Rofk GO 10-3 18 50 .S. (^)iiarkin. cv. '2 iriiii. (iri-ssi'l Hiiiiiiu I F. t (111 tlu; Waiiuh 00 i) 18 49-5 Lighted occasional ly when mails are at sea \asUul)l)ci) liook 1 F, 8 21 (Hi Iii..rk(> 50 52-7 19 5-5 V. sscIh pa.sH to K. iif thi.i light at the distance of 200 feet. SiiDEUAHM. 1 TJfv. i>v. "2 mill. Fl.sh. ,^ mill. U '.)!) OiiToUnkaiMicar till.' old Beacon 59 45-4 19 28 <;UiiXSKAR. 1 F. 1.-. Ill On the Unck 59 17:! 19 3 Ko|!St). 1 I'cv. i\-.'2niin. Flsli. .^ Miin. 17 lol On tlio Lslot 59 17 "2 IS .58-3 • l,A\us()n'r. 1 llcv. L'v. 2 mill. Fl.sli. i mill. IS 144 S. piiint of Id. 58 4-1 '5 17 52-7 (niTTMv.V SANTiO 2 F. IG 140 oa. N. part of Id. 58 2.'J-2 19 12-7 Outer It. from N. shore, 250 yds. ; lights in one show the S.W. eilge of Kopjiar Steiianie shoal. llAUAliSliM;, I F. & Flah. for 7.4. uv. 1 !i mill. 17 117 On tlu' Islet, S.W. uxtremi! 58 8-8 10 59-7 Lclip.se of 19s., a steady It. for 45 s., and an eclip.so of 19 h." (iiirn.AMi. 1 Ul'V. <;v. l^miii (Max. 20 s. ) 14 100 Fari) Id., Ilohn jioiiit 57 57-4 19 23-3 Very hrilliant for /, of a minute. »> 1 F. 14 III! (isti'rj,'arii Id. 57 20 5 19 ») 1 Itiv. Fl. 14 uiiu. l(i IOC) Hnlmr- Hill, S.W. lit. or Id. 50 55 18 S-4 >f 2F. WestcrganiH, .iitr. <.f I'ort 57 27;} 18 9-7 Ill a iiiie show the direetion of the '"haiiiiel. ., 1 F. 10 . rtlicilm I.sland 57 2() 1^ 7-3 (iLANli. t F. 12 103 I'.ioiiiluihhi'n i;i,ii4'0R Rks. 1 Rfv.cv. 2min. 11 50 On Tower on the S. Itnck 55 57 15 43 Sanihiammak. 2F. 15 104 On the Cape 55 23 14 11 5 N.N.W. and N.S.E., 750 yards. Ystad Harbour. 1 F. White. LW. Green 10 4 » ,-)l 20 15 On Beach, N. (if Port W. Fier-head E. Mole 55 25-5 13 50 N.F. by N. and S.W, by S., 484 yard.s. Iff H m so LIGHTS AND TIDES.— NOIJWAY. ff \t\ n-i 1. Niiiiu' (il J.ii^lit. Nil, I if Iji^litM, t 'Imrftc'ti'V, &i'. 2 4. ill'lL,'llt • >l Light tlu' Heu. I leg liiilm. Sicilmic. Kiltvt'dt. liiMl I'dint. h/isto. Mdss llavcri. 'rorjjorsii. I'l I l.lllK. TorKiiiitrii 1(1., Kri'iliTikstail l'".V.l{I>KI!. l''i'i'ili'rikNVii'rn. Wlicri' |iliii'til. 6. I'liMitiiiii. Lilt. I Long. 7. ItKMAUKS. 8. H. W. at e. ■H NORWAY. 1 K. 1 F. 1 F. 1 V. 1 V. I F. I{,<1. I F. I Iti'v. ('V.;{iiiiii. .\riK» •1 n 12 rA-ft. 24 37 10 ;j or 4 lit 1'. II7//7' gl.'irc till- to list ID s. I I'. I F. 1 I'. /.'.. Staiiulmliii. 'r(.Kr\(;KN ISLANIIS. 1 F. I I Hov. cv. ;jo s. I I 1 F. /{,xii, t'litranoi' to 1 F. ('liristiansaiid Fiord. Oddor... niri,s- , 1 F. AV/. tiansaiul Fiord. I Na/.k oi-- Noh- , I Rev. ev. mill. WAV, iir Lin- , vi.i. 12 s. I>KSN.1>. I.ISTKK. 3 F. 14 lOor 12 24 () or « lllor 12 I.Soi 2(1 Sor 10 18 or 20 8.11 IS or 20 10 ISor 20 Variuis, or War- 1 F. lias. I (ior ■ 8 3i; 150 140 N, lit. of Holm MiddliMit'Ulaiid W. hIioiv ( Ml pt. , '■'. ftidf, t'litr. to DrainH Fiord N. !•;. [loiiitof Id, I'], .sidt' ot ( 'anal, S. ciitraiicc N.W, j.t. of Id. .MiddU' of Id. .S. |i(iiiit Little l''ivrdi'r, or 'IVisti'iK'H StavaM-iiMo, .S. ]it., K. side of I'haiimd 40 S. |it. LaiiKoId.,' I'litraiico to I Laiigi'siiiiil j Fioril l.-JO .Middl.of alow wiiodid island ' 33 li I'oiiil oi Id. N, ' .V.) 53 i .V.> 4!f4 5l» .'14 8 5l» 31 !» 5!> 23-3 51) 2(i-4 511 15 5 ,-.!) II 59 9.5 59 2 58 59-5 E. O / 10 43 5 10 :t(i-5 10 37 '7 10 2(1-3 10 33 10 39 8 10 30-9 10 3(i'7 10 .50 3 10 32-1 10 4-5 .-)8 .VJ-7 9 45-8 From l.5tli .Inly to l."itli May. From .'ilst .Inly to 31.-Ht May. From l.'ith .Inly to 31st May. Fro> , I. ■.til .Inly to 3lHt May. .Ml lie year. From iHt (ictol)ir to 31st Miirch. From 15tli July to IstJiini'. All the year. A I'oglifll. A Fog-lKdl. From I5tli .liilv to 1st .Iiiiu'. V.W I s. oiiti'r To- eiicli riiiigi'ii N. or iniur Ti rnngi'M 42 .Saiidvig ]ioint, W. .silk' 111 t'lianiii'l 135 S. Olid of Island 58 .52-2 9 3ti2 .VS 42-7 9 15 .-.8 24 1 8 -17 '7 .-)8 24-8 8 48 58 20 3 8 47-4 Tlif ('(.-liiisi's liarely visible within 10 miles. N.N.F and S.S.W., 1200 yards. 58 4-4 ! 8 30 I 27 S.W. pt. of Id. : 58 8-2 ■ 8 0-5 l.")9 On the Cape 57 59 Highest I ! 125 I W. pt. of Lister ; 58 f)'5 ! 6 34-2 Island 87 i .'^. jioiiit of eiitr ,' I Lister Fiord 58 10 G 37-3 Towards the Sound, shown all the yeai ; and towards the Marliour, exci pti'ig from 31.st M,ay to 1st August, Feli|ises barely visible within 10 miles. In Triangle, N. by W and .S. by i:. ; N.W, and S.F. 51 yds. each, N.W, by N, ami .S,]-:. "by S., 97 yards. II, .M, Ft >;^ KdEKO. Fladholn Tunge N( LIGHTS AND TIDES.— NOIIWAV 37 9. w. t^, t ,rg iC. M,.^ ? 1. 2 Ml " ■ i 3. 4. 1 1 . 1 1 rsss 0. 6. 7. 8. 9. Nftnu' of No. of Lights, .^ 3 ll.iKht of l-igllt aliov4' Wluro jdacctl. I'oHition. Hkmaiik.s. n. w. •? &) IJi{ht. Cliaractfr, &c. 1 at ix the Si'iv. Lat. Long. F. »V (.', «r ■ N. ■ H. 1 Mll.'M Fi'ct. / o / IL .\I. i''t. lv!Klii>. 1 K. I"-' 71 fS. F. ]iiiiiit, or \'ildi('rodd(Mi i'S 2.-) -3 fl 59 (1 »» I F. 'JOol •-'4 12 i.-o W. |.t. of Island r>H 20 5 52-2 It 1 F. 41 ( iriiii.lNiiiid M 27 N 5 54 2 Holm, N. W. point I.i'.Ir '''fiHtci'll. 1 1'. J{'il. 12 flO On tlif Inland .'.8 4r).3 5 ;(3-7 Tuiige Nosh, 1 l<^ 4orC :)i On N. ]ioiiit, .".00 yds. N'.VV. of old Id, 1|... "•'.» 21 5 .34-2 I'roni 15th July to IGth May. ll\ iiiiNi;.s(i. I F. .t Fl. cv. 4 iiiiiiu. 20 or 22 145 S. side of Id. ".!» 37 5 24-4 Till' flash is prucfdi'd and followed l.y a short ucli|isi' of 25 h. Hvyond 10 miles nothing is seen but the tIasheH ; and it then assumes the appearance of a revolving light. Fi.il... 1 l\ (> ■ Oil tlio Island. .")!) r>3 5 .34 4 From 1.5th duly to IGth May. Skii.l.N'fssHavn 1 V. 4 - - r.o 8-4 5 10-8 From 15th .luly to IGth May. Skudl! Nl'SH. 1 K. (3 ".'> S. F, point of Kariiio ."•!» 8 '4 5 18 From 1st October to 1st Ajiril. Screi'tU'd to the S.W,, its limits will not e.\t<'nd more westerly than S.W. to W., clears the Ost- bean Itock, one cable's length. Uiilvkc .Si.ii.l. I F. 4 Hukkcn Island, I'l. side, nai'- rowcst p.'irt of the Soniid .V.t 13 4 5 27 From 1st October to 1st April. K.ilili.Tvig, E. 1 F. Jhil. 3 31 X. .sidu of t'litr. 59 17 2 5 19-7 From 15th August to 1st .\pril. .sido of Kaniio. riisirtK. 2 F. 20 or 248 oaoli W. Sidf of Id. 511 18-3 4 .52-7 N.W. and S. K. 220 yds. .-shown all the year. ll'iiivarile. 1 F. ti 03 East siilo of KariMo 50 10-3 5 19-5 All the year. S\itiin Island, at Stoksiind 59 47 'S 5 18-7 From 15th July to IGth May. Si.oTTERo, Sei.uo 1 F. 18 or 148 On tUu Island 59 S4-5 5 4-5 Visible eastward and towards the Fionii, S.entr. 20 Fiord. All the year. * txliaitiinor. 1 F. 4 LSO i:. .side of Sell)o 59 59-3 5 13-3 Fr.nn 15th July to IGth May. PiiiH.iIiii. 1 F. 4 32 Hagholm Sound 60 5-2 5 11 -5 From 15th July to IGth May. ' • 1 i i 1? 38 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— NORWAY. ii r ■till' S- " I ij ..„ LI 1. Name of Light. No. of Liglits, Character, &c. Loeroen. Rcrgen. SKzEU.AN(iEK. Hei.leso. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 Flsli. cv. mill, of 12 s. duration Rondo. Hogsten. Aalesuiuls. Waklerhoiig. LeiwoRoef Lt.v QvrrnoLM. CHKI.STIAN.SIXI). Ilii.ht of Light alxivo the Sea. Where placcil. Miles 4 4 12 or 14 IS to 20 1 F. 1 Rev. ev. 3 mill, 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. & Fish, of 12 6,. ev. min. IF. 20 oi 24 12 4 4 18 or 20 Feet. ;■).") 40 5(5 150 Leervig. 1 F. RlXdIKJL.M. 1 F. Terniiigen. 1 F. .Xgik'lKl.S. 1 F. Muiikliolm, Troiulhjc.iu. Ro.lo. i F. 1 F, ^'IL^A. Prj-sto, Folilen Fiord, 1 Rev., ev. 4 iiiiu. a Hash. 1 F. Bulioliiicn, or 1 F. Broiiiisuiid ciitrauce. (iryto Isliiiid. 1 F. V'aag, f)r N. Hellig Vaer. Klopyn, iir <;|n]l(li. 1 F. Ihd. 1 V. Reine Harhoiir. 1 F. Svino, 1 F. n,,i. 14 12 StolO 10 IG !Sor 20 12 10 ir, 12 lOol 12 lOoi 12 1." 40 12 40 24 l.'iO c,■^ 50 4;} 27;i 128 .35 41 48 l.'iO 40 lyo W. side of Id. NordiKTS |)oiiit N.W. side of Holzenii Id. On the Island 6. Position. Lat. Long. AV. pt. of Id., IhvA Sound Codi. Id., S.E. point ; Bred Sound Moloeii jKiint S. ]ioint of WalderiJ S.E. partof r.ef, in ■'{ fathoms N.W. pt.of Id Stavnies, the N. K. point of Averii N. side of Id. On tlu' nock, ', mile otl' F. pt. of Ld , 8. H. \V. at F.&C. 9. o a .S'C From 15th August t') 1st May. From 15tli August to Isu May. Ist SeptendKT to 14tli A]iril. M. il. 1 30 Ft. ill Staiiiauii IIk.vnmm Sjaahohi ( h'svaag. Kjeiieii, Island, Stanghol Itjertiioli ASDK.V/El Hekkiiigt lang Pi Haiiiiiierf Turn Hoi ■^\-i;itiii N Oni.ov. .Mol'jnvE' "^I'SIluVl'ts ■Mill 1)11 i; lMi;iNSK. ■Vetsk I ' The Llf LIGHTS AND TIDES.— WHITE SEA. 39 8. 9. [. \v. •^i^ at "T .&C. «,=- ^I. JI. Ft. 1 30 •1 I) > Ili'iuht 3 !(ifLi"i;ht ^ al)ri\H> m 1 , :r :the Soa. Where jilaced. Position. Lat. Long. Remarks. 8. H. W. at V. & ('. 9. O ic ?H 7". 1 F. Miles I 20 1 r.ev. ev. 20 a. 24 1 F. /,'((/. 1 F. I F. 1 F. Green. 1 J F. & Kl. A I Bed Fhish cv. j 4 mill. I I 1 Rev (.v. mill. , I 1 F. I I I !iF. I 1 F. .t Fl. ev. ' I 2 mill. '. 1 F. /l,:t. of r.-Uiie Beach 1(18 109 yanld from , tile K, jxiint of the Island 22;{ Wost.ii) jiart of I the Ishuid i 02 Jaidiii. '.r Li .net, Islam 1 285 T..iir la Lniide ■ lIl.NnilV i\. 48 28 ■5 4S 27 •G 48 ;i(i •9 48 lio ■7 48 35 9 I 48 as -4 48 44-7 I 48 40-5 48 as -2 I 48 40-4 ; w. o / 5 .{-5 5 7-8 4 ;{4-7 4 33-5 4 33-7 4 34 2 4 1-7 3 53-4 3 .-.3 -2 Eclijtses, succeeded hy one Ji'id and two White faces, each lasting 20 s. \ S. K. liy E.& r. ,:, 2;| miles. The.se ( two lights ill one lead into the I Cliannel, S(» yards S. uf the ) I'etit I'ot de Ihieriv. These two light.s in one, take n]i fmni the tiiriiier liylit.'^, when the I'etit Tut is ]iassed, and leail up t" the aiielioiage. The nd Hash is preceded and f(dlowed liy a slmrt eclipse, which dots net n]i|Mar tutal within the di.stance (if 12 miles. In ordinary weather the eelip.ses ilo imt appear tutal within the distance of 12 miles. IL M. 3 32 ■2 \ S.W. l,y S.and N. K. hy N. hi j ;■ one. tliev gi\e the direction of 3 .")2-6 - ) X.\w Channel. 4t) < liateiin (111 I Taiircuu ] 99 <;uen Rras 1 48 52' i 1)9 '»ii ilif pciid i -IS ,".0 33 ^ N.K. .-lidre, neai' 4S 48 I Naiituuar | Bridge | 2.".3 lyii An,/, K.r 3 38 3 29 3 23 jean, T.'iOyds. j fr.im fdinier It. 1 SO /•-'// Anion', l)c- ! liiiid tli( I'ig i I eoii-lidiisi, 32.sj ' yardv 2.Vt /.•/"'. I 'v,/,K.,.,„-i i j gent, I .^ niiJ* » froiii luinier It.! 48 47 8 3 23 -5 48 47-9 ;t 2()' 48 40-7 3 28-4 To light the aiich.irage in the N. part of M(irlai,\ Road. The Naiitoiiar and Kerjean Its. in line indicate the ilireetioii of the western jias.'^age into I'l'ii IS liay ; the I'im (111 house and i\er]irigent lights in line, the direction ni the (astern passable N'csscls inleiidiiig to enter the I'cit of I'ciros liy the we.stirii passage shmild le.ive the line (if dllii tiiill of the tW(i former lis. a little licfdre the I'igediidionse and Kerprigent Its. conic in -iglit ; tlie two latter liglits in iine lead in. 4 14 4 49 4 53 5 15 I''t. 191 21 Nam Lig Treguier Sei'T Tsl] Hkaix d Bkeha Briihat Is lies Saint Portrieux Biiiic Fori l.cgiKJ Po: Frehel, •St. Malo. MiiKpiiers Light V Caucale, La Hon (! KAN VI LI. CUAU.SEY Rcgnovilk Seufipict. Porthail. <;.\RTEREr i i'ielette, I I KliSEV. 8. 9. H. W. at F. & ('. II. M. Ft. •.i ;{2 1!». 4 14 4 49 '2-A I 4 r,;i 24 5 IT) 24; LIGHTS AND TIDES.— FRANCE. 41 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6 , 7. 8. 9. Name of No. of Ligbte, Character, &c. la Height of Light above the Sea. Where placed. Position. Remarks. H. W. at F.&C. Light. Lat. Long. N. W. Miles Feet. ' O ' H. M. Ft. Trcguier River. 1 F. Bed. 7 105 Near the Mill of St. Autoine - ■ ( S.S.E., & v.i'., 1531 yds. In one 5 32 25 IF. 6 46 On the Harbour 48 51-6 3 8 ( lead into the Grand Pass. Mill ) Sei't Isles. 1 F. 8t Fl. ev. 3 inin. 15 184 lie aux Moines, E. end 48 52 '8 3 29-0 Obscured by Rouzic Island and p]astern end of Bono, when bear- ing W. JS. Usually the eclipses are not total within 6 miles. • Hkaux de I F. 20 148 N.E. side, lea 48 54-5 3 5-3 . 5 45 31 Hkkuat. Heaux Ledge Brehat Isle. 2 F. Bed. 6 r.7 Pai lu pt. , N. E. 48 52 2 59 '3 ) 8 90 extreme ; and on Hosedo Hil- lock, E. side 48 51 -5 3 0-4 f W. iS., Ai^.y., 1768 yards. 5 51 31 lies Saint Quay. IF. 10 49 Harbour Island 48 40 2 48 6 I'ortrieux. 1 F. Bed. 3 29 16 yards from extremity of Pier 48 38-8 2 49-5 6 31 Biiiic Port. IF. 10 36 PenthicvreMole 48 36-1 2 49-0 . 6 3 30 Lcgue Port. 1 F. 10 49 Aigle point 48 32-2 2 43-2 Freheu 1 Rev. ev. 4 min. 22 259 On the Cape 48 41-1 2 19-2 In ordinary weather the eclipses do not api)ear total within 12 miles distance St. iMalo. IF. 10 33 On the Mole, des Noires 48 38-7 2 1-9 - 6 5 35 MiiKpiiers Bank 10 - S.W. point of - - - Expected shortly to be in position. 6 6 35 Light Vessel. Bank ("ancale, Port of IF. Bed. a 30 FenOtre Rock 48 40-3 1 51-2 La Hoiile. (iliANVILLE. 1 F. Bed. 4 2() New Mole Head, 48 49-9 1 36 4 . 6 13 37 W. sideofentr. ( IF. 15 154 Granville Rock, 48 50-1 I 36-9 i *) or C. Liliou (.'IIAVSEY ID3. 1 P.&FL;a7?(Z Hash ev.4 min. 1- 121 S.E. point 48 52 '2 1 49-4 Usually the eclipses are not total wicliin the distance of 10 miles. 6 9 35 Uogiieville. 1 F. 10 33 Agon point 49 0-5 1 34 9 - 6 20 35 Si;ue'(Hiet. 1 F. Bed. 10 56 Passage Deroute 49 5-5 ! 39 '8 Porthail. 1 F. 8 * En Amuiit, on summit of Church Tower 40 20-1 i u2 1 [These two lights, in one, lead r into the Port. I F. Bed. G 33 L'n Aval, 953 . - yds. S.W. 4 S., on point Dune J t'ARTERET. 1 Rev. ev. i min 18 262 About 100 yds. E. of the Cape 49 22-4 1 48-5 Eclipses do not api)ear total within 6 ndles. 6 25 31 Diuk'tte. 1 F. 5 23 Jettyllead 49 33 1 1 51-7 N.W.andS.E. 169 yards. Inline 1 F. Bed. I F. 8 75 Head of Harb. Gouray Pier- " : : lead into tho Harbour. Gas. 1 KltSEV. head IJ 1 F. 31 St. Holier ; on Victoria or NewS. Pier 49 10-5 2 7-3 It 1 F. Bed. 3 15 St. Helier ; Albert or N. Pier 49 10 6 2 72 6 2,-) 30.1 Ulill :!i ;' , I- ■\ ! ■ 11 .; ! H ! '■ I ; 42 Name of Light. Tersey. GUERNSEV. Alderucy. C'ASQrETS. ( 'ape de l.A Hague. Cherbourg. Bf'quut Port. U\i. Bvrtri.Eti!. LIGHTS AND TIDES.-IRANCE Sairo pi lint. St. \'ast La Houguo. 2. No. of Lights, Cliaracter, &c. 3. 4. 43 Height rs of Light above ^ the Sea. 5. Where phiceiL 6. Position. Lat. ! Long. Remarks. n. H. W. at F.&C. 9. 1 F. Blue. 1 F. /.'«/. 1 F. 1 Rev. ev. 4.") s. lied. IF. 2F. Ih.d. (iiis 3 Rev. ev. 20 s. IF. 1 F. 1 F. lUd. j 1 F. & Fi. o\-. I 3 mill. I IF. (!,■<.' n. 1 F. 1 F. II', \ •1 V. WhU, & Iid. Miles 3 Feet. 17 40 10 to 00 12 12t( 14 II J to 9 15 20 10 2 10 2 10 :! 100 34 113 each 154 01(1 N. Pier Uj>i)erPierJ{oa(l Outer extr.jA'er- clut Brkw ater St. (.."atheriue's Bay Hauois, or Hanoveau.K Roeks, S.W. Rock St. Pierre, S. Pier-head, S. side of entr. Rraye Harboui'; ou old Pier & N.E. Corner of Reading Room Highest of tlie ( 'a.s(juet Rocks Ciros du Raz Rock summit W. 4 S. i mile from the Cajte •">!> (Juard House, Fort Querque- -.p-^ ville •^C^Vesteru Head, Breakwater 00 Central Furt of La Digue Eastern Head I do. S") j Fort Imipc^rial, j Pelee island 33 Port de Com- merce, E. Jetty 30 23 115 22 8 9 10 On the ( 'apo 23() On the Cape .S. side of entr. 23 43 30 30 49 lOo 49 13.3 49 20 49 27 1 49 43 '3 49 43-3 49 43-4 49 40-3 49 40 5 49 40-5 49 40-3 W. 49 41-7 49 41-8 1 10 49 40 The eclipses do not a)>])par total withm the distance of 12 miles. \ In one gives the direction of the J entrance to the Port. When in one with Cape Barflenr ligl)t it shows the M extent of the ■) 25 N. [lart, E. Jetty - - - - ]{ivKit Skine. HoNFLEUR 1 V. Bed. () 29 New E. Jetty - - Shows when 6.^ feet at entrance. 9 29 23i M 1 F. 15 82 Hospital Jetty, N.W. extremity of Town 49 25-5 13G Katoiville. IF. &Flsh.; a Bed Fish. ev. ;S miu. 20 420 On the Heights 49 24 9 19-4 hcrville. 1 F. 8 . N. of the Church - . La llo(|Ue. 1 F. 8 - On thept., near the Hermitage - - Qviilk'ba>uf. IF. 10 42 N. extremity of 49 28-5 31-9 - 10 6 9.1, Quillelxeuf Quay I 1 V. Bed. '^ - N. part of Mole - - ''I'lirval. 1 F. 3 - 3,( miles above Quillebanif It. - - DAizier. 1 F. 4 20 NeartheChurch . - >■■ \ac|iierie. 1 F. 3 20 li miles above .Vizier Church • • i M'n u LIGHTS AND TIDES.— FRANCE. i li I 1. 2. 1 3 4. 8. 6. 7. 8. 9. Name of No. of Lights, Character, 8ic. S > Heiglit of Light above the Sea. Where placed. Position. Rkmark-s, H. W. at F.&C. Light. Lat, Long. «i N. E. Miles Feet. / / H. M. Ft. Caudebecquct. IF. 3 ■ 1321 yanls east- ward of Caude- bec Church Villequier. IF. 3 ■ W. of Vatteville Church, 1 mile ■ ». 1 Meanil. 1 F. 4 23 - - - . Tancarville. IF. 8 - On the point - " Mode. 1 F. 8 - <^n tlic point - - Hoc. IF. • 10 39 On the point, N. bank 49 28 8 11-2 [A Fog-bell. Coloured glasses Havtie. 1 F. 10 39 N.W. Jeity 49 29 61 have been so arranged in a -I lantern, on the quay of the outer harbour, as to lead uj) 9 5i 22 »» 1 F. Orange. 3 23 S.E. Pie- - • to Francois Tower. La Heve. 2 F. 20 397 ot i,i 'Avpe 49 .SO -7 8.W. 4 N.E. 4N., &i;.v., 69 yards. Tower Fecamp. 1 F. 20 420 I'agnet '<"[i '■ 49 46-1 22 1 • Fecamp Harbour 1 F. & Fish. ev. 10 39 N. Jely. ;- 49 45-9 21 -1 •Shows when 10 feet water in Chan. 10 44 23^ 3 min. Jied. yards from ex- m tremity »j 1 F. Eed. 3 29 S. Jetty - - St. Valery-en- 1 F. (5 29 W. Jetty, 72 49 52-4 42 5 Shows when 84 feet water in Chan. 10 40 27 Caiix. yds. from Head »t 1 F. Bed. 3 24 Extreme oi E. Jetty 49 52-4 42-5 AlLLY. 1 Rev. ev. min. 27 30") On the point 49 55 1 57-5 Eclii)8e8 not total within 10 miles. Dieppe. IF. 10 39 TV. Mole, .38 yds. from Head 49 56 1 4-9 When 104 feet water in the pas- sage. 11 6 27 »> 3F. 4 23 E.Mole, 11yds. from Head - - 1. Lighted all night. • - 31 - - - 2. From 24 hours before till 2 hours after H.W. 27 3. Between the two former — lighted 2 hours befort H.W., and at H.W. is extingnished. The two latter are not lighted wL, \ the weather prevents all acces' *o th' Jort. For the guiii.'Uicc of vessels the mast suppo -ting the lights is jit vertic'l while the vessel j>re- serves her pro])er course ; but should she deviate the mast is incliried to that side to, ards which she ought to steer. Vessels desirous of profiting by these signals should show two • lightf , cue forward and one aft. Tr(=i.ort. Bed. 3 - E. Jetty, ex- tremity • - . 11 27 i> 1 F. 10 3C W. Mole, 2.- yds. from Hea( 50 3-9 1 22 1 .Shows when 64 ft. water in Chan. Crotoy. Walde. LIGHTS AND TIDES.— FRANCE. 45 8. 9. I. w. •SSi at -•c .&C. (2 ^ M. D -51 9 44 3 40 Ft. 22 23^ 27 27 1. 2- 3. 4. 6. e (. Name of No. of Lights, Character, &c. 1 ■3 Height of Light above Where placed. Position. Tiight. ►> the 8ea. Lat. Long. N. E. Miles Feet. 1 1 SOMME lllVER. (,'ayeux. IF. 4 - 812 yds. S.W. of (Jayeux It. 50 10-2 1 29 Oayeux. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 4 lain. 1") 92 La Sonime R. ij. side entr. 50 11-7 1 30-7 11 IF. 4 " I'ointe du Hour- del, S. side of entrance 50 12 -9 1 33 9 Crotoy. IF. 4 " N. side entrance 50 12-9 1 37-3 Hantlianc of 1 F. 10 G(j N. side. Mouth 50 24 1 33 5 Berck of rAuthio River Etatlks, or 2 F. 20 174 Touquet, sov.th .50 31 4 1 35-5 Can'che Kiver. each side of entr. s. Lt. IF. . G o2 Lornel point, N. side of entr. 50 33() 1 34*) Alpubck Point 1 F. & Fl. ; a Red flash ev. 2 min. 12 IGl 21 miles S.W. of Boulogne 50 41 9 1 33-7 Boulogne 2 F. Vertical. I) 43 .S.W. Jetty 50 43-9 1 .35 1 O 33 Head ^^ 1 F. Red. 4 40 N.E. Jetty, near extremity - - • - Grisnez. 1 Rev. ov. 4 mill 22 226 'j n\ile S. of tlu' Cape 50 52 2 1 34-9 Calais. 1 F. Red. <) ir, Extnme of W. ■I'-'tty " ■ IF. 9 39 Extreme of E. . Jetty 1 F." & Fl. ev. 4 20 190 On a Tower in 30 57-7 1 511 j> mill. the old fortifi- cations Walde. I F. & FL ; a Red Hash ev. 2«)h. 10 34 On the jwnt 50 59-8 1 ,15 -1 (iRAVEUNE.S. 1 F 1.") 9") Frtrt Philip|H, 51 0-3 2 6 -5 F.. si 94 feet ebb ; low light from H.W. to 9 feet eblj From %\ feet llootl to 9^ feet ebb, Eclipses not tc tal within 12 miles. ^Vhen 8 feet water in entrance. Eclipses not total within 12 miles. H. M. 11 \i ! 65 yards apart. Tliis light, specially intended for the Channel between the Tour de Heugui'iiar and t!.e entrance of the Jetties, shows its brightest in that direction, N. 1>y W. \ W. Eelijises not total witliin 12 miles. 11 25 11 27 11 49 12 12 9. ft \V2 Ft. 274 21, i 194 19 \%\ hi 4« LIGHTS AND TIDES.— FRANCE. 1. Xamo of Light. 8^ No. of Lights, (Jhaniott'i, iSo. 3. > 4. Height i>f Light ahovf the Sea. 5 6. Position. Lat. ijdiig. 7. KKMARK.S. 8. H. W. at F.&C. 9. Duiikerque. 1 Kev. tjv. 30 8. lied. 1 F. lied. 1 Miles 10 G Feet. 33 33 1 Ruytingen, Lt. v., in 4.'^ fins. Mardyck, Lt. V. in ') fiitlioins N. E. O / 1 o / 51 3-3 2 78 51 3G 2 14-2 1 This anil Mardyck floating light in one lead to Dunkerque Road. H. M, Ft. n . i '■'■ n. ('onijuet Port. ,St. Mathim'. Hkest Channel. Douarncuez Bay. 1 l.K DE .SeIN. Ifaz de Scin. iJEC Di Ra/. Auclierne Port Pen MARCH Pr. L'H-tudy. Odet. PK.VEhE!. (JoNCARSKAf. L.'iiirit'C. l>ouelan Port. I l.K DE UR0iX» 1 P. 1 Rev. ev. \ iitiii. IF. 1 1'. & Fl. ev, 3 ntin. 1 F. FRANCE.-W. COAST. N. : w. 12 18 15 18 10 1 F. Red. a 1 F. 10 1 F. & Fl. ev. 4 j 20 mill. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 20 1 F. Rpd. 1 F. 1 Kev. e\. .I, mill 22 i Y •i F. 10 m 1 9 I F. * Fl. ox I 15 4 mm. 2r. 9 12 1 F. JSw/. 2F. 1 F. i - •H^ 1 F. 4 Fl. : a , 10 ^»"' Hi»sli ev. o min. 177 105 184 22(5 161 114 148 250 30 60 L35 36 3;» K ermorvan ]>t. On the (joint Minou point Portzic Point E. Coast, Cama ret Bay, Capii- cins i>oint Toulingnet i>t. Trist.an th' N. jit. of Island (>n lie T<'vt"iiec On biainond Rock Higlu;^t pavu Extremity of Jetty, Raoul'c point Near tlhrkpf of Port i C«*«.-arncau • E. *nd W. Allies vi eutraauce X.W. part III the Isfmiil Flirt de la (.'mix, E. part of Id. 47 49-9 I 47 52;{ ' 47 43-3 47 52 2 I I I I 47 52 ] I 47 38 -« 47 XSl 4 9-4 4 (ivS 3 57-3 3 55-2 .•t 54-7 3 .10-7 3 25-2 Eolipsen not total within 8 miles. Flash preceded and followed by a sliort eelip.se. When kept in sight eleara all dangers. Eclip.ses not total within 12niile.s. ProjMgi'd. Proposed. N.K. .IN. &/•.('., 1203yds. Lts. in one lead clear of the ( Janielle shoal. Eclipses not total witliiii 10 miles. N. ^ E, <. N.E. .i E., & r.r., 20.-.2 yards. These Its. point out the direction of Conearneau Road. Visible 1!)' only, which clears all . "f LigbtH, Character, &c. -3 Ht'it'ht (if Light ivbove I tlie Stsa . fi. WliiTf (pliic'.'d. i;OitiE?ir. Bkm.k Tm:. Saiizon I'lvrt. Piihais Port. (Joui.KVR Day. Hacilik, Tfi,i,'iiiniso, t^ui heron Bay. Tort Jfallgiun, Quihi'r»)n Bay. Lteh l,a L'rac'h. Navalo Port. IVnlaii. Lk KoiiR. Cvv.isic. IMateaii fh' La Banelio. JIlVKlt J^OIKE. 1 F. 1 F. 2 F. 1 F, HkI. ] F. 1 Kfv. ov. ini)i. 1 F. 1 F. & I'l. i-v. •S mill. IF. 1 F. /?«/. 2 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 Rev. e\'. imin. 2 F. 1 F. /?«;. 1 F. Bed. 1 F. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 2 mill. 1 l{i!V. ev. ^min. lied. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. Jii I. Mih'H iO 12 8 12 5 f) 27 10 12 10 4 7 {) 1.-) 10 18 T) () 10 li 15 12 8 8 6. Position. L.at. Long. Fiet. 148 7") 20 (;2 30 I :!(» I I 270 ' r,\) 40 20 2!1 09 79 70 102 121 190 :\3 20 26 N, L'Oriwit Church 47 44-9 Tower [.a Perrierc 47 4:{'9 Bnuk I'ort LnuiH, 47 42-2 Ciaiid Pa.'^sc, Eawteru siile Cxtreniityjfthe 47 22-4 Mole Mole He.i.i, N. 47 20 '9 ni(hi of cutr, S.W.jiartof iJit 47 18'7 Lslaml. 00 1 yds. \V. from 47 20 -rj K.'jit, of \d. On the .summit 47 27 '4 On a Tower, N. 47 29-2 Jetty i'/ritr. of Jtiver 47 ;4 2 30 '2 2 .38-1 2 .30-9 2 16-1 2 15 9 2 15 2 13-7 N.N.E. 3 E., & i\r., 1900 yards. I (^ I^ighta in one lead into the I lOaateni or Little Pasaage, or ; Passe de Guvre, E. i N., & )'.(•,, 1820 yds. Lights in one lead into the Wentcrn or Great Pasaage to Port Louis. 2 11-9 Eclipses not total within 10 miles. N. by E., &?•.?•., 574 yd.s. >.. It. I!e((. In one they lead into tlie Uiver Crao'h ICclipses not tot;J within 8 miles, N. and S, 50 yards. Ijjght.-i in one give the direction of the Channel, iiut lead very near the two rocks, S. .^ E. of the 'J'rehic beacon, which uncover at L.W. This light marks the Channel of the town of St. Martin. Eclipses not total within, 4 n.iles. When this It, is in one with St. Nawiire light keep on, that line until Aguillon ii.nd Point I'Eve lights are in one, \vhich will lead ji t-t southward of the Uiick Ml btioj-on \'iUe-cs Martin shoal 8. H. W. at F.&C. Proposed. Fru2'osed. 3 IS 3 42 47 0. H. M. Ft 144 13 3 10 i,-; m * •'■■ •'ill ■ iMU mi m If m '' ' l'i!!I M If 1^ LIGHTS AND TIDB8.- -FKANOE. 1. ; Nftmc i)f 1 1 Light. 9. 3. 4. 0. 6. 7- 8. 9. 1. No. of Lights, Character, \c. >> ,2 M tight of Light ^1,,.^^ lacea. al)ove the Sea. position. RE.MARK.H. H. W. at F.\C, "^1 Name Ligh itiVKU Oil continr.t Titittaillae Lat. Lung. !'' Miles Feet. N. ' H. M. Ft. r, RivEK LoiuK. 1 F. - Miudin [loint - - Proponed. • ' ■ I f V* • 4 ■ * I W- 1 1 Pornic. 1 F. 9 59 Noveillaril pt. 47 C« 2 7 1 PlI.lKR. 1 F. A Fl. ov. 18 105 N.W. pt. of Id. 47 2(1 2 21-7 W 4 min. Royan. M 1 Ile d'Yku. 1 F. •20 177 On Mound, 18(5( yardw from N. pt. of i.sland 4(5 431 2 23 3 6 m CoIlDOI'AN 1 ' Brt'toii Port. IF. 8 2.} Outer Jetty Head, N. side of entrance 46 43 (5 2 21 \ LightH (284 yards apart) in one f mark the direction of the I (.'hannel into Port Breton. i»E (jKAVI i " IF. 10 4!) Head of Harbour - - ) 1 Ij Corbejiux. 1 F. IM. I F. Jitd. 5 .'■> (54 On the iM>int Extremity of N. .siilt> of Jetty 4(3 41 -5 4(5 41 8 2 17-2 1 56-9 1 St. Gillo8-8ur- St. Oeorgo 1 1. vie. • Sii/ae. 1 1 La (.'iiaume. I F. 12 lis W. side, entr. of 4(5 297 1 47-8 \ T:ilais Ba Sablea d'Olonne r Light.s in one mark the direction i.i„'ht V Port I of the (ireat Channel. Uu li;i('(i. IF. 8 23 Jetty Head, E. 4C 29-5 1 47 fl ) - 3 20 14 'I'niirdcBj M.vpon Lt in IS fe. Cict. ; 50 Famd (VAcid On Fort nt S. 4(5 0-6 I 10-8 3 ''0 17 ■Sneoa I'l.c " :'^ r -. point of Island «.» ^ \r ■ : ■' lu: 1) <1leron. Cjiassikox. 1 F. 20 lt)4 iV.W. point 46 2-8 1 24-7 La Perotine. 1 F. 4 20 Extremity of Jetty 45 58-2 1 13-9 I'liiiitiTra Chateau Port. 2F. 8 .•iitim;ed — I'lHitiiiUau, Iiiiyaii. roituoi'.^N, Hi; flKAVi St. CJi'orge. Su/ac T:ilais IJailk l.i^lit W'ttxvl. r.ichanl. TnurdfHy Lt. Y Niiijion Lt. \., in J 8 (ivi. (Jai't, I'atiriis Ih;. I'aiiillao. I'.it.l<' I'.iay.', Hiii liTIX. .\i(('.vrno.Nl>.vsiN (^1NTIH. Aiii)\ir llivtT. HlAUIil'I/.. Snoi.a I'ort. 1 Alt. IV. '-'Ob. JMoi White 1 !•'. 1 Hcv. iv. mill. 1 K. & J Fliwh 1 V. Ii<'d. 1 F. Ii,il. I J'. 1 V. i:,d. 1 i". I F. 1 F. IM. 1 Fl«h. I Alt. Itcil and White 1 F. I F. •-' F, i F. 1 lii'V. ; a Uash uv, i mill. 1 F. < He\'. cv. 20 H. I F. Milei 16 G 27 Fci't. 177 Oil tlie Table Lund 1.-) 12 12 10 10 10 9 2 4 194 20 20 24 U 22 10 152 yards from I'lid of ilt'tty On tlio Koek 85 .S. pt. of frttr. 44 Oil tlie point 121 ' On the liiUs N. O ' 45 .'JS-i 45 37 1 45 .-{SZ \v. o 1 3 I 19 1 105 4 1 7. Kp.maukh. 8. 11. w. lit V.kV. 9. 33 j On the liaiiit, in I 4 fathoiiw 8. wido 01 Uiver I'l 2()'4 45 ;i.. 45 35-4 45 30 7 5(5 33 33 I 45 23-7 4o 17'0 20 I • - I 45 12 4 43 ; N,, iioiu'i j 45 12-4 20 LaiKiin;.,' jilacc, i 45 II '9 ' \V. silk- of lUver; 23 : Ti<>ni|ndoup ' 45 13'5 j CliaiM-l IG ' F. sideof Rivor,; 45 7 4 ' at the lauding I placi' I 177 TJctw.H'U the 45 8 '3 ( Jirniidc and C I'Y'rrut 107 (_!. PVrret, N. 144 38-7 j side of entr. j 1C4 Sand hill , 44 'y" TliiH light pointH ntit the north- rn I'aMisc! ti' tlio Kinlioiiuhtiri' of the (iimndt'. In ciianginj^ colour tht-ro is iiointerveiiiiigtchiiH*'. Light do«s not <|iiit(! diHajipour « ithiii 10 niih's. li'^d fr(>m N. l.y H. ^ F. to v.. hy S. Flfixlihii) It. with Hliorl ('(dipsi ;( cv. Is., in thcMliriction of Talai.s It., i|id in the S. paHKof thcOiroiidc. /'V.i't'/ light in thi' 240 S. .letty, on a ' 43 31 8 lilatforiii i 1 .St. Martin lit., j 43 29-0 ' 1 33-3 2.^ niiie.s S. W. ' j of AdoinlUveri 1 1 5 W. jit. , St. Jtan j 43 23 -7 141 3 do Luz Bay ' I 31 "0 To lit- moved as tlie work pro- gresses, j Alternately a lF/<'7' and AV./ tia.ih.} Keliiiiiesnot total \v ithin 12inilea.l SP Fuentenaliia, Hidasoa Kiver, I'ASAdKS. San Seba.stian. 1 F. 1 F.. I F. and Fl. ev. 2 mill. AIN.-NORTIi AND WEST COASTS. I 7 285 I OapeLaHigiiera 43 23-(; 1 17 i 14 15 48(; Cape La Plata. 43 20'3 ' 1 5ti-5 I near the W. i i : eiitraiiee ■ i 13! Mount Igueldo, 43 19-5 2 0-4 W. side ; ! 4 37 11:; 3 19 IL", il« 3 12 U IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 1^ IM 112.2 1^ LI 2.0 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 •4 6" — ► v} Height of Light al)ove the Sea. ' Where placed. Position. Remarks. H. W. at F.&C. 1 i Name i t Light Lat. Long. HI 119 N. W. • Hi ill Miles i Feet. O 1 / H. M. Ft. n! ''1 '"^-^^ Sebastian, IP. 9 171 Santa Clara Id., 43 19-5 1 59-6 Do not bring the light westward San Cii)riai 111 ' . 3 summit of South. 11 Guetaria. 1 Lequeitio. 1 F. 1 F. 10 10 295 148 N. Peak of Id. Santa Catalina 43 191 43 23-4 2 131 2 33-5 Rises from the centre of keeper's dwelling. Banpiero Ehtaca. Cedeiro. de Lequeitio pt. Machichaco. 1 F. aiul Fl. ev. 18 260 Ou the Cai)e 43 28 2 49-4 Bilbao. 4 min. IF. 10 380 Point Galea, on 43 22-6 3 4 3 I'KIOB. 13 the Fort (,'hico Prioi i (-'astro Urdiales. 1 ^ 1 F. and Fl. ; a 7 131 Santa Ana 43 24-2 3 161 Jfed flash ev. 3 min. Castle, S.E. Tower Ferrol. j li'li Santona. • 1 r' ? 1 F. Red. 10 85 Caballo point 43 28-2 3 27-2 Visible from S. by W. round W. 3 30 12.i 1 " to N. by E. 1 E. 1 F. and Fl. ev. 3 min. 17 126 Pescador point 43 28-6 3 28 • t'OUUNA. 1 • 8a.\tandek. ■ 1 F. 12 141 Isla de Monro, 14 yds. from the N. shore 43 28-6 3 457 Illumines an arc of 270° seaward. Corbera or Corvera Rock, and a bank of 3 feet water, lies S.E. by E. i E. 112 fathoms; and SiHARGAS W. by S. 140 fathoms from the Islands. ■ light-house. t'aniarinas I n 1 F. Bed. 3 33 S.W. angle of . . - - - - . 3 30 15 FlMSTERR the Ca >itania, 2 yards from edge of Pier C6. If 1 Rev ev. min. 24 298 Cape Mayor, 1 f miles from the entrance of the Port 43 30-2 • 3 471 Eclipses not total within 8 miles. A blue flag indicates that tug- steamers cannot proceed to sea. Muros Bay (.'OKUOBED H : Suancea. 1 F. 7 118 Punta del Torco 43 26 8 4 9 Salvora Is *■ u de Afuera, W. side Arosa Isla Llanes. 1 F. 9 G4 San Antonio, 43 26-7 4 45-5 '. * South point 0ns Islanc Mi Hivadrsella. 1 F. and Fl. ev. 4 min. 17 370 Mt. Somos, W. eutr. of ri\'er 43 287 5 7-3 Illumines 167°. Bavona Wm Tina Mayor. 1 F. If) 223 San Emeterio 43 25-2 4 34-3 IsiANDH H Villaviciosa IF. 7 220 point Tazones point 43 35 2 5 22-9 Vigo. Hi C^ijon. 1 F. 10 167 Vicinity of Santa 43 35-2 5 38 - 3 15 1/5 '. Catalina Her- mitage SiLLEIRO 1 i Tkna.s. 1 Rev.ev. .Jinin. 21 ;«8 On the Cape 43 42 3 5 49-8 i Aviles. 1 F. 10 130 Castillo i>oint. 43 38 1 5 56 i N. side ofentr. 1 ; Ciulilloro. 1' Bc-STO. 1 F. 10 94 Point Revallera 43 36-2 6 9 Povoa de 1 F. a Red flash 12 307 On the Cape 43 36-2 6 28-8 i ev. 2 min. Oporto. 1 Liiarca. IF. 7 177 La Blanca pt. 43 34-5 6 32-9 P t: Tai'ia LsLirr. 1 F. and Fl. ev. fy til ill 15 93 On the summit 43 350 6 58-4 • Aveiro. [ 1 Pancha Isle, ^ 111 111, IF. 79 On the Island 43 347 7 4-2 MONDEOO f, 1 near Ribadeo Berleng 8. K. w. at &C. r. M. i 30 { 30 9. .23 'E Ft. 13 15 lo 13 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— PORTUGAL. 61 1. a. 3. 4. 6. fl \. 7. 8. 9. Name of No. of Lights, Character, &c. 1 Height of Light above the Sea. Where placed. Position. Remarks. H. W. at F.&C. Light, Lat. Long. .2 ^ N. W, Miles Feet. o / / H. M. Ft. San Clprian . IF. 9 121 Punta do la Atalaya 43 43 7 28-5 Barqiiero IF. 9 273 Con ej era Island 43 45-6 7 40-3 . 3 15 ESTACA. I Rev,ev, min. 20 307 On the point 43 47 5 7 43-4 • Ctideiro. IF. 9 88 Eobaleira pt. , S.W. of the town 43 39 8 5-4 " " " " " 3 15 Pkior. IF. 15 448 N. partof Palma Cape 43 33-7 8 19-1 • C'hico Priorino. lF.&i?efZFlsh. ev, 2 min. 11 92 On the Cape 43 27-8 8 20-5 Feurol. IF. Red. 8 .38 1 10 yds. E. of la Palma Castle, 43 27-7 8 16-1 . 3 15 IF. 4 or 5 23 Mercantile Wharf 43 28-7 8 15-5 COBUNA, 1 F. and Fl. ev. 3 min. 12 .331 Hercules Tower 43 23 8 241 The flash is seen 20 miles. 3 15 »» IF. 10 56 Platform, St. Antonio Castle 43 22 8 23-1 SiSARGAS 1 F.&/?edFl8h. 11 358 Second N. Peak, 43 21 8 8 50-2 Islands, ev. 4 min. Isla Mayor Camarillas, IF. 10 225 Cape Villano 43 9-8 9 13 - 3 15 FlMSTERRE, 1 Rev. ev. 4 rain. 20 468 S. point of the Cape 42 52-6 9 15-4 - 3 C6. IF. Bed. 8 82 On the Cape, 36 yards from extremity. 42 54-8 9 10-1 Miiros Bay. IF. 10 89 Qiiiejal point of Monte Loiiro 42 44-2 9 4 OlKUOBEDO. IF 12 103 On the Cape 42 34-6 9 4-8 .Salvora Island, lF.&i?erfFlah. 10 82 S. point 42 27-8 9 0-4 ev. 2 min. Aroaa Island. IF. 7 38 N. W. or Caballo 42 .34 '1 8 52 • point 0ns Island. 1 F. and Fl. ev. 2 min. 12 421 l| miles from North point 42 22-5 8 55-1 N. sill.; of entrance to Pontevedra ISay IUyuna or CiES 1 Rev. ev. min. 20 595 Middle Island, 42 12-4 8 54-1 IsiANDH. Mount Faro Vigo. 1 F. andFl. ev. 3 min. 7 102 La Criiia Castle, 14 miles N.E. of Vigo 42 151 8 41 The flash is seen 12 miles. 3 12 SiLLEiRo Cape. IF. 17 72 S. point 42 6-1 8 52-6 PORTUGAL. Povoa de Varzim 1 Rev. - ■ 100 ft. in shore Oporto. 1 P. 20 220 Nossa Senhora da Luz Aveiro. - - On the Pier, S. side MoNDEOO, IF. 20 330 On the Cape Berlengas 1 Rev. e v. 3 min. 25 365 Great Berlenga Island 41 24 8 37 41 91 8 37-2 40 39 8 43 40 12 8 55-2 39 25 9 30-3 Lighted occasionally, when the fishing boats are at sea. A bad light. Proposed. 2 30 2 30 JO I 52 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— SPAIN. i 1. 2. 3. 4. 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. ir Height Position. H. W. V c Name of No. of Lights, Charactor, &c. 'en ofLight above the Sea. Whore placed. Remarks. at F.&r. Light. Lat. Long. .2'E N. W. Miles Feet. o / O / H. M. Ft. ( 'ARVOKIIiO. 1 F. 15 182 Highest part of Cape 39 21 1 9 24-3. ■ RocA. 1 Rev. ev.l? mill Re'd and )Vhile 21 598 N.E. of Cape, 38 46 9 30 nearly \ mile River Tagus. Giiia. 1 F. 12 207 Nossa Senhora 38 41 da (Tuia 9 27 2 San Julian. 1 F. 12 128 In the Fort 38 397 9 20 Broio. 1 Rev.ev.lfmin It) 110 Towerof Lorenzo 38 39 9 181 Beleni. 1 F. Red. G 30 In a Fort near 38 40'8 the C'astle 9 17-7 - 2 30 12 ESPICHEL. 1 F, 12 627 On the Cai)e 38 241 9 13 .Sktpval, or 1 F. 15 490 Xear Fort 38 31-1 8 53 - 2 30 8 Saint Fees. d'Outao, W. entr. of Harb. Cape Sax 1 Rev. ev.2min. 20 220 On the Convent 37 3 9 VirENTK. Santa Maria. IF. 15 109 On the (Jape 30 56 7 46 Ayamonte, 2 F. Red. i 8 22 a. X xv . — o V Canela Island 37 10-5 L \JKJ i 7 16 6 Shifted as the bar alters. CuadianaRiver 21 1 19 2 F. Green. 7 26 Criatina Isle, E. 37 10-7 7 13-7 1 16 side of entr. 1 ( 'art;iya. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 14 79 Ronipedo de .37 11 8 7 11 1 i 4 niiu. (Jartaya, Las Pedras River i • Huelva, Odeil 2F. 8 27 Punta del Padre 37 7-5 6 47-4 River. 16 Sant 1 F. R>:d. - - Espiritu Santo .36 47-2 22-7 ♦ ) IF. 6 36 Malandar i)oint .% 46-3 6 21-9 9t IF. _ . Salniedina Rocks 36 44 6 27 Rvilding. » IF. 7 52 Bonanza 36 47-9 6 20-4 Cadiz. 1 F. &T1. ev. 2 min. 20 14<> San Sel)astian, W. Tower 36 31 -2 6 18-9 Alternate flashu.-,of White k lied. I 45 K Trafalgar. 1 Rev. ev. 4 min. 19 168 Extreme part of the Cape 36 10 5 6 13 • Tarifa. 1 F. 20 152 On the Island, S. of the town 36 5 .36-6 1 46 6 Algecira.s. 1 F. 9 62 Isla Verde 36 7 3 5 261 (Gibraltar. 1 F. 1 15 150 Victoria Tower, EUHOPA Pt. 36 6 5 21 A strii) of Red li^dit is .shown in tlie (lircction of the Pearl Rock, between N.E. by E. i E. and , I . E. \ N. 1 • 8. 9. w. "S S) at &0. 01 c: .a-c M. Ft. 30 12 30 S LIGHTS AND TIDES.-SPAIN. 53 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 • • 8. 9. Name of No. of Lights, Character, &c. >> r2 Height of Light above the Sea. Where placed. Position. Remark.s. H. W. at F.&C. Si-9 Light. • Lat. Long. 2 ^ GlBRALTAK. 1 F. Temporary Miles Feet. New Mole ex- tension, South N. ' W. ' Bed S. , White W. , Green N. The Pier should not be approached whilst the Bed position of the light is visible, nor enter the Mole until the Green light is in sight. Give the Pier-head a wide berth. H. M. Ft. • 1 F. Green. - - Ragged StaflF, Landing Place - - - - Gas. >» 1 F. lied. 1 F. Red. - Old Mole Head, North South Mole ,? THE MEDITERRANEAN SEA. ' ■!( COAST OF SPAIN. I' i '/ 1. Name of Light. Doncella. Marbella. Calabi'rra. Malaga. Velez Malaga. TORKOX. Sacratif. Honda Cove. A lira. Entinas. Sabixau llofjuetas. Almeria. Cabo de Gata. 8. No. of Lights, Character, &c. 4. Height of Light above tlie Sea. Where placed. 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. Kemakks. 1 1 F. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 2 niin. 1 F. 1 F. 1 Rev. ev. Jmin. Mk-sadeRoldan 1 F. & Fl. ev. 2 min. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 4 rain. 1 F. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 3 min. 1 F. & Red FL ev. 2 min. IF. IF. 1 F. & FL ev. min. 1 F. Red. Villaricos. Miles 12 12 16 15 11 15 24 8 18 9 9 19 22 1 F. Aguilas Port. 1 F Mazarron. TiNOSO. Cartagena. 1 F. 1 P. 1 P. Red. IF. 7 20 •4 10 Feet. ' 59 On the jwint 65 A cable's length, W. of the town 115 On the point 125 I 109 yards from E. Mole Head 41 E. side of entr. 93 Ruins of old castle 320 \ On the Cape 44 Punta del Llano de Carchuna, W. point of entr On the point On the jKiiut 105 On the point 57 On Beach, S. of the town 26 ' Mole Head 194 On the Cape 725 On the Mount 63 14 miles N. of Alnianzora River 48 W. part of Mount Aguilas, Punta Negra 200 On the Pier 479 On the Cape 223 Escombrera Id. , highest part 123 j Battery on pt. I Podadera N. o / 36 24-3 36 31 36 30-7 36 43-5 36 44 36 45-2 36 41 36 41 36 44 36 41 2 ^}6 41 -3 36 45 2 36 50-7 36 43-6 36 54-7 37 11-3 37 23-5 37 33-2 37 31-3 37 33-6 37 35-5 W. o / 5 10-6 4 54-3 4 38 4 25-6 4 9'3 3 59-4 3 28-9 3 25-9 3 2 2 48-8 2 44 2 41-8 2 33-3 2 14-2 1 58-3 1 52-8 1 39-4 1 17 3 1 91 57-9 58 6 BuihUfxj. Buildinij 8. H. W. at F.&C. 9. S So a; e H. M. Ft Paloh. 9. V. ■S Si 4. Height of Light ab ve the Sea. 0. Where placed. Puerto de Porman. IP. Talos. llormiga Grande Estacio. Torrevieja. Plana, or Tabarca Isle. Santa Pola. Alicante. ! I iiertas. Villa-joyosa. Altea. San Antonio. CULLERA. (Jraode Valencia El Cabanal. Oropksa. CoLl'MBRETES Rucks. Vinaroz. PiTIIirSAS & JiALEARES Ids. Formentera. Plercos, Iviza Island. Cabrera Isles, Iviza Island. IJotafdch, Iviza Island. CoNEiEKA Isle, Iviza Island. Oragonera Islet, Majorca Island. I Rev. ev. nxin. IF. I F. Red. I F. Red. IF'. & Fl. ev. 2 min. IF. I F. Red. 1 F. IF. 1 F. I Rev. ev. i min IF. IF. I F. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 3 min. I F. I F. Med. IF. I F. & Red Fl. ev. 3 min. IF. 1 F. I Rev. ov. min. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 2 min. Miles 9 Feet. 162 23 263 10 6 75 62 4 33 15 90 7 499 2 26 10 5 9 123 52 367 25 571 15 7 9 92 37 66 15 74 21 190 () 26 18 518 15 94 16 92 9 102 20 289 18 1180 Chapa pt. Hill, E. aide of entr. On summit, E. extr. of Cape, W.byS. IS., 2i miles from liormiga light On the Islet On the Beach, La Mauga Punta Cornuda Fort 621 yardo from E. point of Id. On Talayola Tower, 395 yds. from the sea Rocks off the Mole Head On the Cape On the Mole Albir point On the Cape On the Cajie On the MoIb Hermitage, South Tower On the Cape N.E. part of Monte Colibre 140 yds. from the sea Codolar point, S.E. pt. of Id. N.W. part of Islet, 40 yards from the sea Ahoroados Isle Islet, N. side of entrance Cape Blanco On the Peak 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. Brmarkh. 8. H. W. at F.&C. 9. ■-i N. > 37 34.2 37 37-5 37 38-5 37 45 37 58-1 38 10-2 38 12-5 38 19-2 38 20-5 38 30 38 33-5 38 48-5 39 12-2 39 28-3 39 28-8 40 6-6 39 54 40 29-3 38 38-2 38 48 38 48-7 38 54 38 59-8 39 35 W. O ' 49-5 40 38-1 42-0 39 9 26-6 30-1 27-5 22-6 11-6 4 East. 12-7 West. 13 5 20 20-1 East. 9-1 44-4 28-4 1 36 I 29-4 1 28-8 1 31 1 16-5 2 20-7 Entering or leaving Porman a berth of 1 4 cable should be given t) the point projecting from the foot of the hill in a westerly direction, so as to avoid the shoal of 13 feet water, running off from Barco point This and Hormiga It. point out the channel between the Hormigas and the Cape. Shifted seaward as the mole advances . Temporary. This and Ahoroados light mark the princi[)al channel between Iviza and Formentera Islanc^s. Eclipses not i,otal at 3 or 4 miles distant. H. M. Ft. I 5G LIGHTS ANi> TIDES.— MEDITERRANEAN. Name of Light. 2 No. of Lights, Character, &c. Bai.k.vuks 1d(<. I'oiitiinietl — I'OKT JSOM.KK, Majorca Ishinil FORMENTO, Majorca Island Aucanada, Majorca Island Pera, Majorca Island. Puerto Coloni, Majorca Island Salinas, Majorca Island. Cai)e Blanco, Majorca Island Port Pi, Majorca Island. Palnia Port, M.ajorca Island Cala Figiiera, Majorca Island Uartlch, Minorca Island Ciudadela, Minorca Island CAnALLKlUA, Minorca Island POKTMAHOV, Minorca Island AvKK Island, I Minorca Island Alfaques do Tortosa. San Carlos de la Rapita, Port A]fad Fi. cv. 2 uiiu. 1 F. 1 F. IF. 1 Rev. ev 2 niiiu 1 F. Pale Blur. I F. I F. & Fl. ev. 3 luin. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 Rev. cv. niin. I F. 1 F. lied. > Height )f Light above the .Sea 8 A 1.0'. 1 F. & Fl. ev. \ min. 1 F. Miles 15 9 19 9 18 10 10 10 8 4 12 10 18 7 20 13 20 S Where placecL Feet. 407 Orosa jioint, W. side of entr. 77 (>ruz jioiut, F. pt. otpntranc<; 692 On the CaiH?, N. pt. of 111. 77 E. and highest j)t. of Islet 241 Summit of Cape 40 N.E.pt. ofentr. 50 On the point 294 On the Cape 132 At the S. entr. 37 On the Mole 110 On the Cape, 108 yds. from extremity 70 On the Caj)e 00 Punta Ender- rocat, W. side of entrance 30S On the Cape 74 Fort.SanFelii.e, 137 yds. from (Jastle i)t. 171 (>n the Islet, .S. E. i)art 02 Bana point 30 Senieta point 174 E. extremity, Buda Islaml 6. Position. Lat. N. o / 39 49 1 39 48 39 57-7 39 49-8 ;J9 43 ;i9 25 39 10 5 39 22 39 33 .39 34 39 27-7 39 54 C Long. 7. Remark.^. 8. H. W. at F.&C. 9. c Sd 1/ a :r.-v. as i. Faugo, or Ivpt. 40 47 of entrance 1.-) 140 ' Near the Cape 27 i On the Mole 39 59-7 40 5-7 39 52 ;i9 47-0 40 34:) 40 3o-7 40 43-4 40 47 41 3-9 41 3 8 E. o / 2 43-6 2 441 3 14-9 3 12 4 3 30 1 3 18-4 3 5-9 2 49-9 2 40 4 2 40-9 2 33-9 3 52-2 3 51-7 4 9-4 4 24-4 4 24-2 39 i 34'7 57 47-2 1 9 1 8-9 Visible 295° seaward. Opens Cajie Molo on a W. by S. 4 .S. bearing. Vessels entering or leaving Port Alfaquesatnightshould give H;ina light a berth of at lea.st 4 a niile. The bell buoy off Oalacho point should be left to the eastwanl. Vessels pa.3sing in a heavy sea .should give the lightliouse a berth of at least a mile. Vessels in rounding the point should give it a berth of a mile. T(>nipo7'ar!/ ; when the Mole is finished it will be replaced by a Hev. It. Not lighted three days before or after the full moon. H. M. Ft. Cotte, J. 9. w. •s i, It M. Ft. LIGHTS AND TIDES.— MEDITKHRANEAN. 57 1. 2 3. 4. 6. 6 ^ 7. 8. 9. Nftine of No, of Lights, Character, &o. H.'ij^ht of Li^'ht aliovc Where placed. Position. Rkmarks, H. W. at F. h t'. o Sc 4) .S Light. •^ - > the Scii. Lat. Long. W% N. E. Mih'8 Ffi't. 1 O ' H. M. Ft. 'r!ii'rftj,'ona. 1 F. 10 54 On the Mole 41 (*> 1 14-7 Ll.oimKdAT 1 lltiv. ev. 4 min 18 107 N. side of eiitr., 41 l!)-2 2 8-'J KlVKR. on an old Fort- ress Barcelona. 1 F. &• Red Fl. ev. 4 iiiiii. 9 43 Kxtreinityof E. Mole Head 41 22*2 2 10-9 At the extr. of a ledge of stones, 340 yds. distant is a (/»w« light to clear the Pier-head extension. CvLELLA. IF. ■ Extremity of .letty, in con- strtietion »l 1 F. k Fl. cv. 2 mill. 18 KiG On the Height of tlie Torreta 41 3()-7 2 .19-6 .San Sebastian. 1 Kev. cv. min. oo 548 ' On the Capo, near the Her- mitage 41 53-5 3 12 4 Roaas Bay. 1 F. & Kl. ev. 2 min. 12 78 Police 11a point 42 14 3 107 Cadariues. 1 F. 10 IIG Calanans point, .S. sideof entr. 42 15-5 3 17-2 a Crcux. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 3 min. 15 285 Near the ( 'ape, 550 yards in shore 42 18-7 3 19-3 COAST OF FRANCE. Cape Bearn. PoKT Vendkeh. IF. 1 F. 22 10 751 1 98 1 Monnt Beam Fort Faiial, W, side of entr. 42 31 42 31-3 3 7-4 3 0-7 »j IF. 7 30 FortB( 3 •20 10 10 8 10 20 10 10 14 12 9 2 or .3 10 20 15 27 2;{ 12.-. S. [it. of Mole Foot of Fort St. Jean Tov,-er, N. 8i 21 4 .-) 13-7 5 31-9 5 30 (J 5 :U',-C) r> 40 2 5 ,-)0-G 840 yanU VV. by N. .J N. from Mo\e Head light. These lights apjiear a« one beyond tin- dis- tance of 1,1 miles ; when in line with .St. Louis Mole It. they indi- cate the direction of the Eastern entrance, 'i'hey will bi- replaced later by Its., one on Frontignan .letty, the other on N.Ii T'ier- hea(l of Ijicak water. Will be removed on Espi(juette (luint. H. M Ft. l. C 80 G 12-3 G 217 lio-r) G 40-4 Concealed by the Laud to theS.E. Eclipses not total within G miles. To be kept to starboard on entei'ing. To be kept to port on entering. While, and Jied alternately. Eclipses not total within 12 miles. Eclip.ses not total within 12 miles. The interval of revolution S. by w. 4 w. of 4;i .'W8 7 7-0 In loniing from tlie eaHtwanl vesH('ln will see at the Hftme time, AntibuH, on Villa Franca, Nice, hut Aiitii)eB, Oaronjii' Peii- anil (lai'ou)ie Peninsula lights; iimiila the last is only viHilile to vesHclg from the S.W'. till round Caiie (iroH. »• 1 F. * Fl. ev. 2 iiiin. II) 40 8.E. Mole Head 43 .l.'ii 7 7-7 Preceded and followed liy ihurt ecliimes ev. 4 aixl 5 a. Nick. 1, F. & Rrd Fl. . ev. 4 mill. 10 82 Extrt'inity of outer Mole 43 41 ri 7 17-7 In extinguiHhed when the harbour Ih not aiiproachable. ViixA Franca. 1. F. k Fl. ov. 4 III in. 18 224 Mala or Villa Franca point 43 40-.'-. 7 10 CORSICA. Cape Corso. Biistia. \ I.ISTRO. I 'OHIO Vecchio. Ilf'cif Lavczzi, Bell Boat. ISoMKACin I'oKT and Strait. Aj Afcio (!ri,F. Calvi. Tort Ros.sa, or lie Ronsse. 1 Rev. ev. .|[niin. 1 F. 1 F. (ircen. 1 F. Ited. 1 F. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 4 min. 1 Rev. ev. min. IF. 1 F. k Fl. ev. 4 min. I F. 1 F. lind. 1 F. 1 F. Red. 1 F. 22 209 11 82 o 30 T) 30 25 308 20 217 J 27 32.-) 10 08 20 322 10 02 .'{ 20 20 289 G 180 5 38 Giraglia Isle 43 1 "7 Dragon Bastion 42 41 '9 L'Epenm, New head of Old Mole Dragon .letty N. of pt. Alerial42 15-7 On Chiape pt. 41 357 41 19 t'apu I'ertusato 41 22 2 Madonetta pt. ', 41 23 '3 Sanguinaire Id. 41 52-8 42 35 2 ' 8 43-3 On the salient 41 55 angleofC'itadel Mole Head, at Margonajo Extremity of Revellata pt. j i Highest part of 42 38-8 8 55/ Pietra, or Ivossa Island, N.W. point Isola Rossa, Jetty Head 9 24 1 Eclipse not total within 10 miles. 9 20-9 To be left to .Starboard. To be left to Port. 9 30-9 9 22 9 16 I Proposed, with glasses to reflect the neighbouring lights. 9 111 Not total within 12 miles. 9 8-0 1 I 8 35-0 i 8 44-4 I .!''*!'*■. t)0 LIGHTS AND TIDES.- MKI)rTKI{I{A>iKAN 1. Nuiiiu of l.i>{ht. No. of I,i),'lltM, Cli.iiacU'r, Ac. I !2 •f IJ^lit IllrnVf thf .Siil. WlllTf t>laCC'll. 6. I'lmitioii, Lat. liOii^. 7. IUmakkh. 8. II. w. lit F.&C. 9. SARDIMA LSLANl). I '!S Kazxoi.i Ihi.and. Caprura Islo. Tksta. FKIUtr). Tiivoliiro. Ht'lliiviHta. Cavou Lslam). St. Ki.ias. Cftgliari. Cape .Si-akti- VENTO. St. I'ietko Id. 1 V. &. Fl. »v mill, Caccia. 1 F. StFl. cv. 4 iiiiii. A.SINAKA I.SI.AM' 1 F. and Liii.y. I 1 F. 1 F. I 1 F. & Fl. cv. 3 mill. I llev, cv. 4 niin. I 1 I Riv. ev 4 mill. 1 F. [Rnl I'l. i.y. 2 mill. ) '2 F. JM. Mil.'h 1.-. 17 14 II) 28 •26 24 10 Fftjt. •2H'2 220 220 241 2;{!» 2G cacli 430 GIO 202 4!> N. i-t. fiii'io • iali'i'iv ( )ii the On ihi- On the » hi till' Capo C On tlie in Itmii- Str.iit point Capo ( 'iipi' ('a[iL' Cape arboiui!'; ( 'aiK; N. / 4! 18-> 41 14 2 41 14 7 41 .S-7 40 ,-.4 ;it» .•).-. 39 -)-3 39 11 l^nlnvnco of , ;«) 120 Harlioiir ( >n tlif Capf .'{S .-.2 Cai>e Saiulalo .Si) 8 7 j W. entrance to 40 33'0 I'orto ( 'onto Capraia or I 41 7 "7 .Sooino Ciipo, N.jit. oflslaml. Port Torros. I 40 507 eastorn .Mole i extremity I 9 20 •: 9 29 9 8 9 ;J2 9 44 9 43 9 32 9 9 9 7-3 S .-•.•(•3 8 14-3 8 101 8 12 3 8 24 4 /V"/«J«C(/, H'lllllIlK/. thulillinj. Tho li^lit will open on a N.E. J N. luMi'in;,' when cntorinj^ tli'! (lulf of Caiiliaii from tin- wont- w.inl, ana '..II a N.W. % W. l>oaring wiion from the oantward. /'/•((/((J.<(7/. H. M. Ft COAST OF ITALY AND ADJACENT ISLANDS. Manrizio Port. Oueglia. Delle Mele. Vado Port. Savona Port. ilt'iulit of Li^lit ftliilVt! tilt! Ml-H. WluTlt lllll(!f Ciirvcil llifak- water ft 1 F. 10 74 N. fiiilotlJrfak- water - • Principal lijjht liearn S. \ ]•]., ami tin.' Marzoeeo 'i'uwer N.F, 4 N. 11 1 F. ■ ■ H.W. cxtroint' .Strait Jetty, on N. siile * Cajiraia Inle. 1 F. t IIG Ferri jioiio Cape 43 2 9 9 51 1 Mima Isi.vnu. 1 F. !•-' 200 Stella Fort 42 48 10 20-3 ti 1 1'. :i •-'1 (liillo Fort, near Sasita Marit- tiiaa , ^ 1 F. i:i 10.-) Focardo Fort 42 4.'r2 10 247 " I F. 8 40 San Oiovaiini point ■ • .»» 1 F. . - breakwater - - I'm/ifimil. I'ai.majoi.a 1 Int. ev. i mill. •20 344 ('entro of Iwland 42 51 -9 10 28-4 I'iariDHa iHlaml, 1 F. 10 78 On the Hatterv, W. ol Tort 42 33 (0 G-1 I'ort 'ralaiiiDiu'. 1 F. 10 •)8 S. of the Port, extremity of the Castle Wall 42 32-5 11 8 I'nrt Sail Stefaiiii 1 F. 10 108 Near Lividonia pt. riylit side of iMitrancu 42 2G4 11 G-4 Giglio Islaiul. IF. "xirCi 18 (;ij,dio I'ort, •Mole Head - - • • I 1 Rev. ev. iiiiii. '26 1((17 Vaeeliert'cchio Hill 42 21 o 10 53-8 Masked between X.N.W. J W. round N. to N.N. E. 3 E. Port Krcole. 1 F. G - Ikocca Fort 42 23-4 II 12 7 1 1 I F. 8 52 Santa Barbera Battery, left side of oiitr. " " ClVITAVEft'IUA. 1 Rev. ev. 40 s. l(j 120 Anteimiz.ale, S. end of Break- 42 5 4 11 +41 Visible soawanl between N. by AV. ■• W. and S. by K. i E. water Not totAl within 10 miles. i It 1 F. Gr>' 100 202 S2 8;f "Pl.xtr. of Canal Molt Head St. Catherine Tower St. iMaria Tower entrance of the Port N.E. part of Id Rotnnda della Madonna sum- mit, S. side of the Port Extr. of Jetty, in the Battery Vandotena Isle On the point Point Caruso Entr. of Port, N. Vu. side of Islanil Bagno Port Chiupetto point On S. point Tenaglia Fort New Mule, or outer Pier of Califnila Bridge N. point, extr. of the Mole Extremity of the Mole Lt V. .i caldo E. S. E. from liglit on .Moll' l'>lbow of the Mole Porto Militaire, E. extr. of New M.de liatlerv at the Mole'Head ear W.S.W. and run in on that hearing. This light leads through the Boeea Piecola. J'riipiincil. F. light vis. 132 h. ; Fish. s. ; preceded and followed by ecli]>.ses of 21 8. I't. 8. 9. o to I't. LIGHTS AND TIDES.— MEDITERRANEAN. 63 1. Name of Light. 2 No. of Lights, Character, &c. 4. Height )f Light above the Sea, Where placed. 6. I'ositiou. Lat. I Long, 7. EEMAKKa 8. H. W at F.&C 9. SICILY AND ADJACENT ISLANDS. Faro. 1 F. & Fl. 3 mill. Mkasina. 1 F. Red. Catania. S.VNTA OllOGE. AadUHTA. Magnisi. Syracuse. MlJRRODlPoilCO I'assruo Cai'e, ToiireNobile Slope. (JORRENTr, or Islo of (Jurreuts 1 F. 1 F. ( a bright Z?f>(ahwhev. 2 min. ) I F. Rod. 1 F. 1 Rev. ev. 3 min J P. Girm. 1 F. Red. 1 F. 1 Rev. ev. 4 min- 1 Rev. cv.2miu. I F. SCARAMIA, or 1 F. I'lINTA SeCCA. (Jirgeiiti. 1 F. Red. ilONTE ROSSELLO CapeGkanitui.a Marsala. Favkjnana Id, Mauetimo Id. l.KVANZO. Fiiriiiielie, E. Islf. I'alumbo Rock, Tkapani. 1 Y.kRedVlah. ev. 2 min. 1 F. 1 F. and Fl. ev. lij min. 1 F. C.reeii. 1 Rev. ev. min. 1 F. I F. Red. 1 F. Green. I F. & FL ev. 3 min. 1 F. Red. Miles 11 to 14 o 3 12 2 14 14 10 10 20 18 11 18 10 20 19 12 10 20 18 10 11 to 14 Feet. 72 85 23 123 22 91 90 49 80 123 108 2(59 50 123 52 322 123 01 141 282 85 139 Pelorus Tower Salvatore F(jrt, extr. of Cam- paua Fort N. by W. from San Ranieri K. part of the Citadel jioint, San Ranieri Tower i:xtr. of Hole On the Cape Avola Island Greco point iVIaniace Castle, N, .side of entr. Massa point, S. side of entr. On the Cape On Cozzo Spadaro Hill On the Island, S.E. end of Sicily. near Cape Passero On the Cape Extr. of Pier On the point On the Cape, 9-10 mile S. of extreme Slole Head, entr. of new ])ort M.-u'sala point, S. E. ]iart Form, W. pt. of Island Libeccis point Cape G rosso N.E. part of Tower Breakwater extreme Columbara Iil., S. lit. on Blole Head ' N. I E. 0/0 / 38 10 9 I 15 41-5 38 11-8 .S8 11-5 33 11-5 37 29 37 15-3 37 12-8 37 9-7 37 3 37 2-3 37 0-2 30 41 -2 30 38 30 40-2 .•17 15'0 37 10-8 37 33-7 15 34 15 34 '5 A small light; will be replaced by a Flashing light ev. 3 min 15 34-3 15 5-2 15 15-5 15.13-4 15 14-7 15 10-2 15 16 3 15 18-8 15 8-8 15 3 5 14 30 3 13 31-8 13 27-1 12 36-8 37 48-1 12 28-1 12 22 5 37 .53 '9 37 50 37 57-7 38 1-2 37 59-4 38 0-8 38 0-7 38 2 H. M. 12 17-2 12 3*7 Proposed. 12 22 12 20-2 12 30 12 30-5 12 31 A guide to the anchorage. Ft. '|;i H' |.! ' I. 64 LIGHTS AND TIDES.- MEDTTHRKANKAN. Name of Liyht. St. Vito. Gallo. Palermo. MiLAZZO. 2. No. (if Lit;lits, Cliaraoter, &c. 4. Hi'i(lb house of Casa | I Biauoa I I 7. Tin>imr(iiii. 8. liK.S. H. W. at l'\ & U. - u. II. M. Ft. - ' • ISLANDS OF MALTA. t"i ■ li,' gozo islaxd. Malta Island. Malta, Valetta Harbour. Lampedusa Id. 1 Eev. ev. iiiin. 24 2 F. Vertical. 1 F. 2 F. lied. Vertical. 1 F. Red. 1 F. ."^t. Venere. * Rcggio. Capk Sparti- \i;nto. Tarantrt. Santa Paolo Id. IF. 1 F. 15 4 Gallijioli. I I St. Andrea Lslet.l 1 Rev. ev iiiiii. S. Maria. Brinoi.si. 1 F. and Fl. ev. 3 luin. " 1 F. 400 I N.W. jioint, hi^dlest part Tignept., Marsa Museeit Harl 71 4(3 107 80 55 Castle of St. Elmo N.W. angle, Kicasoli Fort I4S j Mar.sa Seirooco, Dallamara pt. Cavallo Hiaiiea jKiiut 36 4 14 10 35 54 14 31 5 .35 40-5 14 34 35 291 12 361 COAST OF ITALY. - 1 5 75 7 64 20 147 S^ 13 72 8toI2 106 Between Pizzo 38 45 16 11 5 and Bivona Chnrch of Santa 38 6-7 15 387 Jlaria Porto Salvo - 37 56 16 3 5 Cape St. Vito 40 24-7 17 12 2 - 40 24-7 17 10-5 ( )u detached 40 1-7 17 58-7 Mole On tile I.^let, 14 40 2 5 17 56-1 miles iroin Port(;allipoli On the Cape .39 47-5 18 23 Pet.igue P.oeka j 40 39'5 ; 17 o9-5 I I Castelh) Island 40 39'4 17 587 Proposed. Building. liuHding. Proposed. Proposed. Arc of visibility ."ieaward 300° Between the two towers is the entrance to Brindisi Port. ( 'hie 8. I. w. "^i at Si.= '. it V. w — r. . M. hi. LIGHTS AND TIDES.— MEDITERRANEAN. 66 1. 2 3. d 6. € 1. 7. 8. 9. Name of Light. No. of Lights, Cliaracter, &e. .!• oft /lit above Where placed. Position. Remarks. H. W. at F. &C. 0) .s . 22 - the Sea. Lat. Long. M'-F N. E. \Iile.s Feet. / / H. M. Ft. C. (rALLO. 1 Rev. ev. iiiiiii. 20 129 Torre di Pennc 40 41 1 17 56-3 Visible round the horizon. Moiidpoli, 1 Int. 9 l']xtr. of Jetty 40 57-2 17 22 MmIu. 1 Int. 9 " On the Pier 41 .S-9 17 8 liuii, N. side. 1 F. Jinl. 5 21 W. Mole Head 41 G-5 IG 52-7 The entrance to the Port is N. W. i extreme \ of the light. St. Oataldo. 1 _ On the point 41 9 16 53 Proimst'd. .MOI.FETTA. 1 F. and Fl. ev. .'t mill. 14 04 Extremity of detached Mole 41 12-4 16 31-0 Builetta. I F. 14 G9 Extreme east- ern Mole 41 13-2 16 36-3 Maiifredonia. IF. G 26 On end of Mole 41 37 8 15 55-9 »» I F. R„l. S. of a village, shown from a wall IVtlogosa Island. 1 - ■ - 42 24 ' 16 17-2 Proposed. Vie-sti. 1 - - . 41 .-)2-7 16 11 Biiil.dhiij. ASCDNA. 1 F. Ii,'assania. IvOVKJNO. 2F. Ji> Height of Liglit above the .Sea. Where ]ilaec(l. position. Lat. Long. Rk.marks. H. W. at F.&C. T. • — N. E. Miles Feet. ' / H. .M. Ft. I'ola. 1 Rev. ev. ^niin. 10 42 C. Compare 44 .')2-3 13 40 T) Cape Promon- 1 F. 1,-) 111 Porer Rock, a 44 4rr2 13 r)3'4 TOHE. mile S.W. of the Cape Fiiiino, Quarncro 1 F. Bed. 4 28 Extremity of 4.-. 18-7 14 25 f) Also two lights in the Town Clock (iulf, Croatia. the outer Mole 1 Tower. Segna. IF. 8 ' Extr. of Maria Art Mole, S. siile of Port 44 r)9 2 14 .53 -5 • Lossini Island. 1 F. 8 .•{2 Port Cigalc, S. side of entr. , Ma(U)nna jit. 44 31-7 14 20 Sansego Island. 1 - - On the Lsland 44 30 14 18-5 BuHdlmj. BiANrnE Point. 1 Rev. cv. .Siuin. 18 i;!0 N.W. point of Grossaor Lun- ga Island 44 <)-7 14 49.5 Lucietta. I - On the Lsland 43 37-0 15 34^5 I'ro^iijxeti. Lt'sina. 1 . . - 43 11 Ki 22 LissA Island. 1 F. & Fl. ev. mill. 12 Fl. 1.-) 12.-) Premontore pt., E. extreme of Island 43 4 2 10 l.-)-3 Visible from aiiout N. round W. and S. toS.E. by E. i E. The limit of light pa.sses 4 mile north- ward of the small islets Vacca and Vitelli, outside Port St. Giorgio. Ro.^.so Porto. 1 F. •21 342 On Skrigeva pt. 42 43 3 1() 53-1 S. extreme. ' Lagosta Island G Favosa. 1 - - - 42 40 18 4-7 fhiililiiiy. CATTEKoGcr.:. 1 F. 20 2r,.s Piinta d' Ostro 42 •23-r) 13 321 Antivari. 1 F. 8 12: In Fort, within the Caiie, .S. side of entr. 42 2 19 Uurazzo. 1 F. ti .")2 About 33 feet 41 17-4 19 •27-3 Whitv when bearing from E. .'. S. from Quay to N.E. bv E. \ E., n>d from I N.E. by E. 1 i:. to N. by E. 4 E., and WhiU' from N. by E. \ E. to N. W. by W. i W. .\vlonaorValona 1 F. /i''f. T) S2 First point 40 24 19 ^27 ■ Bay. sout iward TicNoso. 1 F. 14 100 Summit of the 3!) 48 2 19 .-)7 ■» Rock t.'ortu liarljour. 1 F. 18 240 ('itadel :{ • .side of cutr. to P..rt Vathy f 1 I F. - 13 I^azari'tto, Port Vathy ;J8 -22 1 •20 42-8 Kei'HAi.onia or 1 F. 12 1-22 Guardiana Rock 38 8-2 •2(» 26 r> (Jki'haloma. 1 F. 5 3-. Hook jit, Port Argostoli 38 11-2 20 28 •n LIGHTS AND TIDES.— MEDITERRANEAN. 67 .Name i>f l.iiuht. 2 No. of Ligli ( 'liiiractur, i tn, kc. 4. Hi'itrht of Liglit aliove tlie Sea Where placed. 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. Remarks. KKrii.vr.oNiA or Cl'.rilALOMA. Mi.solongbi. I'atras. /ante. Katakolo. Stkivau Ids. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. >t Fl. 2 mill. 1 F. 2 F. Iii'(f. Very faint. I F. /ted. 1 F. Miles Feet. 17 10 - 7 50 8 or 9 93 each 30 eacli 4 .•i3 12 127 1 N. E. liixuri Port, on I "I * tlie Mole ! I W. pt. entrance! 38 lOf) 21 23-2 to Laiie, N. W.^ by W. I W. I miles from | Bakari point ' Mole Head Cape Krionero Mole Head Fxtr. of Jetty Highest part Staniiihanild., S. of the Con- vent 38 14-4 21 46-3 37 48-6 20 54-3 37 47 •4; 20 54-5 37 39"2|21 20 37 15 2 21 1-2 No dependence on their being /■ lighted. Light kept >S.W. by S. leads to the westward of the Montague Pocks, and S.W. l)y VV. :] W. leads to tlie eastward of them. 8. H. \V. ^?n at F.&C. 9. H. M. Ft. GRECIAN ARCHIPELAGO. Ckukio Island. ' 1 Rev. ev. I^min 24 .•{(i3 Monemva.sia. . Sl'KZZIA. lit I IN A. Tliemi.stoeles (.'ape. Teir.aeus of Athens. l.ijiso Island. Syra. Zea. An DUOS Island, Doro Passage. Canal de Negro- ])iint VoLO fJtJLF. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. j 1 F. I 2 F. Vertical ' 1 F. Jfed. I F. 1 Rev. ev. 2 min 1 Rev. ev. mill. 1 F. R,'d. 1 F. and Fl. ev. 2 min. 1 F. and Fl. ev. 3 min. I F. 1 F. 1 F. Rrd. 1 F. Red. 8 i 91 10 93 4 17 3 each 43 1 33 OnCape Spathi;' 573 yds. ironi ] N. pt. ot Ishandj E. si.U. of ! Kapsali Pay On the Cape Near N.E. pt. of Island S.E. elbow of N. Mole 27 yds. within the point 20 i N. Mole Head 36 22-8 I 22 57-5 Visilde 258' from E. by N. | N. I round northward to N.N.W. I i * w. 3() 8-5 i 23 0-3 Visible only between N.N.W. ' ! and N.E. ,i N. Occasionally. 3 17 20 12 30 20 184 105 14 108 708 6 6 85 82 S. Mole Head N.E. part W. Mount, (jaidaro Island E. Mole St. Nikohao, N. pt. of entrance ;C. Fassa, N.W. ])t , about mih' inland C. Aia Marina, Perdoun Id. Bonrzi Tower Cape Kavoulia. Cape Sesklo. 30 41 37 15 37 44 37 55 2 I 23 Oi 23 ■5 j 23 •8 i 23 3-5 10 25-5 377 37 562 i 23 38 2 37 5() 37 25 4 ' 23 •5 j24 37 39-5 35-7 58-8 24 19-7 37 57-5 24 42-5 10 feet apart. Upper light Red and l(7/i7(\ lower /i'e• the Sea. Lat. Long. * «■/- Mile^ Fi-et. N. / 1 *- 1 ° ' H. M. Ft. Salomki (Ulf. 1 licv. ev. niin. « 15 -)2 On Point Kns- sandra 39 57-5 23 22 If 2F. 8 52 Panomi point. 40 21 7 22 .'54 -4 Vertical. »> 1 F. Red and White. 10 85 On Cape Kara 40 29 5 22 49-7 Red from N. :| W. to NE. i N. by the N. White light kei)t in sight clears Touzla point. • Tknedos Island 1 F. 14 95 Ponente, or W. point .'19 .50 25 58-7 (iADARO. I F. & R^d Fl. ev. 2 111 in. 12 59 On Islet ;19 50 26 6-2 • l.'ape Baba. 1 ■ - On Raba House .39 28-5 20 4-7 Proposed. Sivrigi Cape. 1 F. () S2 110 yards from extremity .39 27-7 20 15-2 MiTYLENI Id. 1 F. 7?.W. G Skanunia, N.E. jit., 87 yards from extreme .39 2.3 20 22 • »f 1 Kev. ev. 1 niin. Red. 24 180 Sigri Island .39 13 25 51-2 )» 2 F. R,d. 4 each 2.S eacli N. AS. entrances to the Port 39 C 20 .34 7 )i 1 F. i^'(/. 104 Above the Fort, onMityleni ])t. .39 6-2 20 34-8 Eleos Island. 1 F. 12 197 Summit 39 19-5 26 .33-2 Smykna Gl'LF. IF. 20 230 Merminji Cape, 273 yds. from extreme 38 37 26 40-3 Visible White seaward, between S.S.E. :j E. and E. ^ S. ; Red between E. f S. and N. by W. 1 W. A F. light llreen, below the above light, shows the direction of the Merminji Rocks j» 2 F. GreeH. 5 52 Off Tani Kc- desse, or Peli- can Lt. V. in 10 fathoms 38 25-2 26 58 1 Vertical. »» 2 F, i?.'r/. 5 49 * Sanjak Kalessi, extreme point, 82 feet ,38 25 1 27 1-9 Vertical. i> 2 F. Green. 4 52 Sanjak Spit Lt. V. in 4 fathoms .38 25-2 27 21 Vertical. Pasha Island. 1 Rev. ev. inin. 15 246 E. point .38 30-3 26 18-3 Khios. 2 F. /?t'(/. 4 each 52 Port Kastro, N. side of eiitr. .38 22-7 26 9-2 Vertical. Pas|)aigo Island. 1 F. 12 118 On the Island .38 17-9 26 12-8 Scala Nuova. 1 F. its W. pt. of entr. 37 51-5 27 10 Sa.mos I.sland. 1 F. 6 i.n A ..Ihi Port, E. entrance 37 40-3 20 59-2 »i 1 F. 72 Tigani Port, E. side. .37 41 20 .50-6 Kalolinino Id. 1 Rev. ev niin. • 10 180 394 feet ()f E. extremity 37 3-5 27 7 4 Husiiein Point. 1 I F, (Jreen. .5 82 180 feet within the point 30 .57-5 27 17-2 I 9 w. it it *• = ArC. ^^ <:i. •^ /. i\I. Ft. LIGHTS AND TIDES.— MEDITERRANEAN. 69 1. 2 3. 4. 0. 6. 7. 8. 9. Niiiiic of Liglit. N(\ of Lights, (,"haracter, &c. Height of Light above the Sea. Where placed. Position. Lat. Long. Kemarks. H. W. at F.&C. • ivos Island, RHODE,S. 1 F. JM. .1 F. I{ed. Miles 5 4 Feet. 5J) 52 402 feet within Kouin point Koiiin Hournou or Molino pt. N. / 36 55 36 27-2 E. o / 27 I8-3 28 157 H. M. Ft. 11 1 Rev. ev. iiiin. 15 IIS Tower of St. l']Imo 36 267 28 16-3 , Candia. 1 F. 10 75 Khania, E. Mole! 35 30 -8 Head 24 1-4 1 F. & Fl. ev. inin. l.j 107 Cape Drepauo 35 28-2 24 14 6 1 F. Ormi. G ■82 Siida, in the 35 28-8 Fortress 24 9-3 • 1 F. 10 50 Kithymno ' 35 22 24 29 2 . 1 F.' 10 52 Megalo-Kastron (on the Mole) Paleo Kastro 35 21 25 8 '8 Almost a decoy, being rivalled by brighter light.s. Proposed. DARDANELLES, AND SEA OF MARMORA. Konm Kaleh. Hklla.s. Seddnl Bahr. Khejihez, or Barl)er'a Pt. Kilid Bahr. • "hanak. Nagara Point, liovali Kalessi. Pi.skieri. tialata. Chardakh. Northern end. KutaU Road. Palio. 2 F. Rnl. 1 Rev. ev niin. 2 F. Green. 18 4 each 1 Rev. ev. ^ niiiij 12 Red. 1 2 F. Green. 2 F. Red. 1 F. & Jied Fl. ev. 10 s. 2 F. Green. 4 each 4 each 10 each 4 each ' 4 each 4 each 18 10 5 50 99 52 59 3(> 20 6(> 46 39 46 26 56 62 42 59 39 108 49 138 W. Battery, S. I 40 0-2 26 12 4 Vertical. At a distance of 1| sitle Dardan- I miles they combine and form elles 1 one light. On the Cape | 40 2-3 26 11-2 S. pt. of Fortress 40 2'3 [ 26 12-1 Vertical. Near the Battery in ruins Namaziah Fort Low Battery, W. side ot the town On the Tower On the Fortress On the Cape 14 miles S. of village On Low .Sandy point Callipoli, W. shore Fanous point, E. shore On a Rock, olT Araplar Id. Artaki Penin- sula, W. pt. 40 5-3 26 22-2! 40 8-5 26 23-2 Vertical. 40 8-5 26 24-7 Vertical. Vertical. 40 11-5 26 95 40 12-5 26 24 40 16-7 26 34-2 40 191 26 35-5 40 23 26 41-1 40 24 26 39 40 24 26 44-3 40 30-6 27 29 40 29-4 27 40-7 Uncertain. Vertical. N. entrance of Rhoda (.'hannel. r- ,} ft" 70 LIGHTS AND TIDES.-MKDITERRANKAN. 1. 2 3. 4. 5. 6. 7- 8. 9 Name of No. of Lights, Character, frc. Height ot'Iiight above the Sea. Where jilaceik I'osition. Uemakks. H. W. at F.&C. Light. • Lat. Long. Marmora Island. 1 F. k Red Fhh. t'V. 2 mill. Miks 12 Feet. I, '{2 FenarAdasilslc (<)(V K. i»)int of Marmiira) N. / 40 37-7 K. 27 4<) H. M. Ft. KlIORAZ. 1 F. ;iii(l Fl. ev. 2"' 180 Summit of Cape 40 41-2 27 17-2 Erfikli. ^ mill. IF. 11 164 On the jHiint 40 flS-S 27 58-2 .Stephano BrRiN. 1 F.. & Fl. cv. 2 mill. 12 79 Aliout a iiiileN. F. of theCajie 40 .57-3 28 .'iO-G ^'isilde from F. by N. southward tf) VV. i i N. round N. F.VK.NAi; h.vv. (ONSTAXTIXOI'LE 1 F. 1 F. & Fl. ev. mill. 12 16 84 150 S. point Seraglio point 40 58 41 0-2 29 2 28 59-4 Visible from N. \ F. wardtoW.S.W. round east- • Skutari. 2 F. Red. 4 each 79 Leander Tower 41 1 29 0-7 ISMID Gl'LF. 1 F. (Ireen. 5 40 Dil liurnu 40 43-2 29 32-2 . »l 1 F. Red. G 1 33 Zeitin Burnii 40 43-5 29 50-2 BOSPHORUS. Tofana. \ 1 F. Pilon de Sultan j 2 F. Qreen. Serail. GO yds.' from Quay, Kaiidilli. | 'I F. Red. Ivoumili Hissar. 2 F. Oretn. Khanlijeh. Veni Keni Lt. V. T'mur Banks Light Vessel. Therapia (1 mile N.W.byW. of) .Jeron Point. 2 F. Red. 3 F. Green. 3 F. Red. 2 F. Oreen. 2 F. Red. 1 ( ; 4 ' each 1 39 I , 4 ' each 112 i 4 each 4G 4 j each 92 ! 4 ' each 4G 4 each 46 1 4 each 46 1 4 each 1 46 On the Rock Defterdar and Kourou Teche- smeh villages On the point On ?''nrtress Wall, 110 yds. from (id. -ho. On the ])oint, 1 10 yds. froii] shore On the edge of the Bank Western edge. Kefali Keui Battery Kavak Fort, outermost pt. 141 1-3 29 0-2 41 31 29 2-3 41 4-2 29 3-4 41 4-8 29 1-7 1 41 5-9 29 4 j 41 7 2 29 4-4 41 9-3 29 4-7 41 8-6 29 3 41 105 29 51 A small light. Vertical. Vertical. Vertical. Vertical. Triangular. Triangular. Vertical. Vertical. Moi'TlI OF THE ( 1 F. BOSPHOR'JS. Kara Bcrun. Burghaz Bay. 1 F. & Fl. 1 Fl. ev. 10*8. 2F. 18 IfKt 20 249 22 302 e 131 BLACK SEA. Roumili, Kiiro- peaii side Anatolia, Asiatic side On the Cape Auastatia Id. 41 142 29 7 41 12-8 29 8-5 41 19-2 28 41 1 42 27 9 1 27 35-9 A Red flash followed by two Whitf ones ev. 2 min. Vertical. I 9 \\. "3:^; it K = &(_'. M. Ft. LIGHTS AND TIDES.— MEDITKRRANEaN. 71 1. 2. 3. 4. 6. 6 . 7. 8. 9. N.iine ..f • No. of Lights, ( 'haructer, &o. Hei-ht of Light aliove Wiiere placeil. position. Uemauks. IL VV. at •31 .I'E l.iglit. '.S > tile .Sea. Lat. Long. . F. A ( '. «5r N. K. .Mile.s Feet. o / / H. M. Ft. \ iiiiia liay. 1 F. Id ISt. George's Mo. 44 ■)! 1 29 30-9 Situated on i;det, south end of Olinka Island. M 1 F. l.-i O.") Suliiia, or mid- ille entrance, S. .side 4.-) 9-4 29 40-5 ♦ » 1 F. 10 On inner ex- tremity, S.side 4.-) 91 29 40-0 t» 1 F. . N. side - I'iDdM.Sl, or .SlT- 1 Rev. ev. A mill. 18 Hl.T On the summit 4.") 15 30 12-7 jiuiit Isliviul. . Ihiiestr River •-• F. 4 58 S. pass 40 4-7 .^O 27-2 > '1>1«S\. 1 F. 21 201 ( 'a]>e Fontana, a!)out2 leagues .S. of the town 40 22 8 30 45 4 . » 1 F. & }{ed Fl. 12 44 Fiid of (Jiiavan- 40 29 4 30 44 9 A YeUo'i; Hag by day. ev. mill. tine Mole IV rezaii. 2 K. W. side of the Lake 40 38-2 31 23-5 Extinguished during winter. S. E. A E. & ».'.('., 594 vards. Kiiihiirii Beacons 2F. . r)7 N.W. of the 40 ;i.s-9 31 :M-2 I \v. l,v S. k S. .<: /•"(•.. 1000 vards. 9 Fort 40 35-5 .31 28'9 " (i(liakc)v. 2 F. IGG 108 - On the point 40 .'«;-7 31 31-7 W. S.AV. & cc, 584 yards. Kinl)urii Lt. \'. 1 F. - K. entrance to Ship Channel 40 30 31 41 7 \djigiol Lt. V. 3F. 12 40 Extremity of shoal 40 35-7 31 48 In 18 ft. water; Its. are vertieal. Hvi: FfiVKH. luisskaia Spit 1 F. •M Near Sviatotro- - - Vessels entering the Hug should (extreme) itski village ; left hank of river. keep within the limits of this It. until Voloiskaia light is seen. They will thus .;void the banks extending from both sides of tlie river. Vii'iiiskaia .Spit. 1 F. 09 Under the first ravine, north of Voloiskaia Spit ; right bank of river 40 44-5 31 537 Russkaia and Voloiskaia Spits are avoided when within the limits of this light. Tkndha Island. 1 Rev, ; a tiash ev. mill. 10 90 On the point 40 224 31 31-0 A Fog-bell. A temporary light lies 3.1 miles to the southward. Tarkan. IF. 12 110 S.W. extr. of Cape, 105 feet from the sea 45 20 '9 32 28 4 Visible from S.S.E. 'J E. to X.N. W. i \V. by the westwanl. KWPATORIA, or 1 F. & Fl. ev. 9 .->;j On the point 45 9 33 15 2 lied and lf/(i(f flashes alternately. Ko.sLov. min. Kheksjonesk. 1 Rev. ; a Fl. ev. inin. 12 108 On the Cape, at theeutranee to Sevastopol 44 35 33 21 2 i " '« 72 LIGHTS AND TIDES.- MKDITKKUANKAN. f 1. 8. 3 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Name of Light. No. of Iilgllt.<4, Character, 4n:. 1 Height of Ligiit aliove Where jtlaced. PoMitioM. Rkmahkh. u. w. at F.&C. .2 the Mea. Lat. 1 Long. 1 «y7 1 N. 1 K. 1 Miles Feet. 1 / f H. .VI. Kt. SEVASroi'OL. IF. 28 i 305 On a hidi eaj.e, 44 37-2 near tVie rmii.s of Inkernian | 33 33-7 E. by S. ami \V. by N. 1^ niiieH. 1 .Screened so as to tdiow only in »» 1 F. 23 629 Heail of Harl)., near Meken- zietl' Mount 44 37 .33 377 the line of the eoiirsi^ up the harbour of .Sevawtopol. AlTODOR. 1 F'. 21 343 On the ( ape 44 25 5 1 34 (5 2 Viwible between tiie bearings of W. to N.E. by tlie southward. Takli. 1 F. 20 313 On tlie ('ai>e, entrance to Kertch .Strait 45 0-6 30 20 2 Pale colour light. Cai'K Pail. 1 F. 14 73 On tlie Cajie, 45 18-2 ; 3(5 29-7 Wliili' when bearing N. I E. to W. Hide of N.N.W. ; Red from VV. by N. Strait ■i N. to W. by S. 1 S. Kertch. 1 F. ned. • 33 On the Town Wliarf 45 21-2 30 28 5 Visil)!e between S. 44° E. and S. 74" E. from the light. .Soukliouin. 1 Rev. ; a Fl. ' ev. niin. 17 121 On the jioint 42 58-5 40 57-2 POTI. 1 Fl. cv. niin. J{,'l A' niiife ' 17 118 - 42 1 41 ;i(;-7 Biitoiim Bay. •-' F. Vertical. (! 49 W. side 41 30-5 41 .17 3 Wlien bearing S S.W. i{ W. clears I'alamidii Iteef. TaEBIZOM>. 1 K. 10 10.-) : Kahnek point 41 1 39 45-8 Kcrasouuda. 2 F. Vertical. (J 194 X.E. part of j)t. 40 5G3 38 24 9 When bearing .S.S.W. :| S. leatls clear of the Palamida Keef. Sanisoun Bay. IF. 10 ,->G Kalion ])oint 41 18-2 .% 21 2 .Sinoub. 1 F. Red. 8 .■J44 lioztepeli point 42 1 3 .35 14-2 InJL'h. 1 I Rev. ev. iniii. 13 02 On the Cape 42 C M 58-0 Iiifl«)li. 2F. Hed. 1 4 S.J On the Cape, E. side 41 58 5 33 45 2 Ainastra. 1 F. Red. 10 312 .Summit of Pen- insula 41 45 3 32 20-5 Bender Erekli. 1 F. 12 G56 Cape Baba, .J mile N. of Cape 41 IS 31 20 Kill 1 Rev. ev. rniii. 25 221 On the Cai)e 41 10 29 38-2 Vkni Kaleh. Berdiansk. 1 Rev. ; a flash ev. 4 niin. 1 Rev. ev. niin. •^0 1 F. 10 ", SEA OF AZOV. 409 I Cape Fanar, i 45 23-2 36 38-3 N.W. entr. of ! Kertch Strait, i and 2] miles from Yeui I Kaleh Fortress 85 On a sandy neck I 40 38 "5 ; of land, (>(H) j yds. E.X.E. ,1 '' E. from the ex- tremity of .Spit 15 Extremity of Breakwater 36 46-1 4(5 45-3:30 47 Visible from N.N.W. to S.W. 4 S. The Breakwater extends to 14 ft. de])th. When from the violence of the sea this It. is not exhibited a vessel moored inside the mid- dle part of the Breakwater, aboutl .35 yds. from shore, will exhibit tii'o/xcdVightH, one 13 the other I 10 feet pbove the sea. Akka. MoiNT Haifa. Vafa. t LIGHTS AND TIDES.— MKDITKRRANKAN. 78 3. 9 w. •3 &, at 3!.g .tc. 2|- M. i Vt 1. 2. 3. 4. 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. Name of No, of IJghtu, ( 'himiotor, &c. .2 > ifii-ht oll.iglit aliovi' till) Sra. Where iilocen a Manily m-ok '2400 ydH. from the uxtromity of Hj.it 4«i n.'i 2 .'»7 20 Visihlc round the ( 'ompass. Saziklnitzk Lt.V. •2 F. Vertical. (i 4.-> H. Hult! of (Uiaii., 40 59-3 38 12.') 1 Removed during winter to Ta- 7 35 end of Spit, ill 3;\ fatiioiiiH ganrog. liolilt'ii rtiiiik I F. 7 45 Two inilcH froiri 47 1-4 ;18 .34 4 Removed during winter to Ta- Light VuHHi'l. tlutHliiial. ill It) ganrog. Visible from !•]. i N. to W.N.W. i W. hy the southward. ft, mill. SM W. of FourHoHf village KARAMANIA AND SYRIA. l.issanclKfvhheh Md'Hiiia. Kara-dash ISiiruu. Alexan Akka. MoiNT C'ahmei, Haifa. Vafa. 2 F. G upper 49 rom 1 V. & Fl. ev. 2 14 4S) iiiin, ' 1 F. 2 F. I, 3 1 .) upper 4y 1 F.kVl ev. 2 15 100 mill. IF. I 8 92 1 F. /!(',/. \ 4 I F. & Fl. ev, I 1.3 mill. I 1 F. litil. I 4 1 F. /.V(/. j ,5 1 Hev. ev. min. 12 1 F. fM. 1 F. /.'«/. 1 F. & Fl. ev. 2 min. 2 F. Vertieal. 4 10 18 40 40 41) .'50 12.-) 511 40 410 upper i I '**> 1 Rev.ev. min. 14 i 109 Low sandy j)t., .30 14'.') 104 yards I extremity 4 mile to the ' .30 45 '8 S. W. of Mer- , syn j .30 327 W. pt. of Hoad, .30 35 5 22 yards from i the ]>oint ' CapeCata .34 3.3 7 Kiti, IM) yards , 34 49 from the (.'ape i Larnaka, 105 | 34 55 yards from Lazaret 00 yards within .35 35 the point N. i.art of the .35 31 2 olil Castle Hamkiiie Islet > 34 30 4.37 yds. within .33 .54 2 the Cape I At the Port, | - - El Allah i On ramjiarts, i 32 55*4 W. of town I Below the Mon-' .32 48 astery ■ OntheoldCastlel 32 49-2 I .S.W. part of I .32 3 '2 town, KM) yds. from sea 34 17 34 40- 7 35 21-3 30 91 33 2-4 .33 30-8 33 38-9 .35 437 35 45 6 34 45 .35 27 7 35 37 35 2 35 .34 44-8 When mail steamers arc expected. Alternate Ikil \ White flashes}. I) I n ; i: ■{;•■ 71 Nftinc of Light. LIGHTS AND TIDBS.-MKDITKRUANKAN. 2 No. of Li^jhtH, C'hariictt'r, Ac. 3. 4. i? Xi'iKlit a of Li^lit •a aliovf > the St 11. s. Whcio pliuiil. 6. I'onition, Lat. Long. IU:maiikm. NOUTU COAST OF AFRICA. 8. H. W. nt I'.&C. w to J ' r.Ti siii!i)ni<'tt.i Moiitli RoHettn Moiitli Eiinostos iKiint i ('mie Carthage (ioletta, extr. of \]. Jetty, , Starltoard Hide' Stunniit of iiigh est rr)ck ;u N. R ' O / 10 32 195 •A\ '2r> 31 47- 1 Pr»/,oMHl. 31 -2 {-2 .30 2>S1 l'ii>iH,snf. 31 11-1 20 .52-4 j 32 4."» 22 40 I Prii»»).,l. .30 .02 10 l!)'2 .30 483 10 18-7 37 21 10 4-C 52 K. siiition of Plulii)peville. 52-7 G 32-0 .3(i .3(i 3(i 30 40 4C '1 .">7 Visible from eastwanl and S.E. 6 32 5 43-9 5 5-3 5 6-1 .) 0-2 ■ 3 50 PuUilbuj. 'J .'.vi o i ; Buildinij. 9 \v. w to t, , ( ■ .%-l ■^ / M. Ft. LIGHTS AWD XIDES.-MEUiTEHUANKAN. tb Nftiiif of Light. Al.UtKlt. ClUIUU. 'I'i]pii/.i. SlIKKHIIKI. roHT, Ti'iiez, I Rev. cv.imin.l lA 3. 4. if' Ili'iirlit ra ot'l.iKht '3 IkllllVC > tho Sen. MileH Foet. ! WluTi' jilactiL 6. PuaitiDii. L«t Ivi. Miistn!,'haneni Arzow. *» Olt.VN. (J.vrK Falcon. Ujaimki.. Haiidias, Nk^IOL'HH. Djiviiiiv Uhaza- (mat. M.lilla. Al-Kluizemaa. I'KITA. I'ArE Spartel. I F, 1 K. I 1 2 V. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. Rtd. Grfi'ii. v. J nil. 10 3 27 10 10 1 Rev.ov. 4inin. 15 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 Rev. uv. luin. I F. 8 5 7 do I iir. .10 2.T 124 20 l.'il I'Jl 4;j (U) 121 270 123 470 312 Alj,'it'iH f Ii't, l>t> I. a Marine N. Mole Head H. .Mule Meml I'oiiit I'eHcade Fort .loinvilli-, anil on thel'ier On tlie Cape, 2 4-1(1 MiileM northward of Ttjnez In front of the town Oil the Cape Onasnialltower near the Har- raokH InFort.onS.W. angle On the Islet Extremity of the.Jettyofthe BaMiii, on Fort Merselkeliir On the Cape On the V jie Centre Island Cape Hone I E. point of Bay Bastion, N. E. of village Torre Vigia Long. 7. Rkmarkh. 30 47 ^ 3 4-3 .Hi 47 :i(i 40-0 ; 3 4 4 3 1 2 2 . liuililimj. liiiiltl ■;. 8. H. W. at F.&C. 9. H. AL Ft. ;)0 .'10-8 I 2 IM .'10 .■J3'l I 1 20;: Melipsos not total w ithin 12 miles. 30 32 1 201 .'10 ll'.'> 3,^) 55-1 f)-4 ;ir) 51-0 West 17 2 35 52 35 44 4 I 10 8 3 41-3 3.-) 47 35 43 ;{5 8 8 35 7 ;t5 18 ;}.-) 13-4 Momjueros Hill.^ 35 .OS '9 OnaRock4mile'35 47-2 eastward of the Caj)e 48 1 8 1 50 1 52-3 2 .-,7 3 53 5 17-5 5 557 l-'roji'^ifiil. Ecli[Me8 111 • total within tS miles. A Mnall !• I{, tlic Sea. Whore phuiMl. 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. Remarks. 1 F. AZORES, OR WESTERN ISLANDS. Miles, Feet. 10 N. Santa Clara, Fort Piiiita Dt'lgfida 4-4 W. 4 Proposed, CANARY ISLANDS. 8. H. W. at F. &0. H. M. 12 30 9. .22 -C PC ~ Ft. U 1 Tkneriffe Id. Santa Cruz. 1 F. Red. 4oro 36 Mole Head 28 28-3 k; 14-9 ti 1 F. 9 34 55 yards from Mole Head 28 28-5 Hi 14 9 RoQiE Bekmejo 1 F. and Fl. cv. 3 luin. 35 810 On the point 28 •35-4 16 8-1 1 ', (tR.VN Canaria i Island. u I'almaa. 1 F. • - - On the Mo^e 28 7-1 15 24-8 1 IsLETA Point. 1 F. ; a Bed Fl. t'V. 2 niin. 18 817 N. and highest summit, Isleta Peninsula 28 11 15 25-3 ; FlFUTEVENTlRA j I.SI.ANl). 1 Jandia Point. 1 Rev. ev. mill. 15 108 S.W. extreme of Island 28 3 14 31-4 1 i; LoBos Island. 1 1 F. Red. 9 95 Summit of Mar- tin ]it., N. eiul of Island 28 45-4 1 13 49-1 1 Aleokanza Id. 1 Rev. ev. 4niin. l.'i 57 Delgada jMiint, 24(»yds. within the rocks at extremity 29 23-8 13 29 6 1 Illumines an an; from Drago point to the Aiiaga Rocks. i 12 30 Visihle tliro\igh an arc of 257° or : from N. 73*^ W. to S. 4° W. I It will he seen alao from Palinas ' roadstead. VisiMe througli am arc of 274°, or when hearing from S.S.W. :,' \\-. to N.W. by W. % W. A wide berth should be given to the point. Illumines 270°, the whole of Roeayna Strait, or from N. 76° W. t!. S. 14° W. 13 296 I Arc of visibility, 270° or between ' N. 250 \v. and S. 65° W. BERMUDA ISLANDS. South end of Id. 1 Rev. ev. 6 or 8 a. 24 365 Ciibb's Hill 32 151 64 51 "6 , Within 7 miles a faint light can be .si'cii liitween tiie brilliant Hashes. 'Die linht is intercepted by hills between N. 43' 24' F., and N. 47° 34' iv, and between N. 49° 7' F., and N. 57° 35' K, (true bearings.) 14 8. II. vv. at 9. C to 7 14 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— ATLANTIC OCEAN. Name of Light. 2 No. of Ijiglits, ChanvctiT, &c. 3. > Heiglit 3 of Liglit ^ i abovu tZ tlio Soa. WluTi,' [dacL'd. 6. I'oHition. Lat. ],OIlg. 7. BEMARKy. AFRICA.— WEST, SOUTH, AND EAST COASTS. H. M. 12 30 Ft. G Seiifigal. IF. Miles (i P\'Ot. lie deSt. Louis, (loverunieut House L'.'i[>e Vertlo. 1 W. ov. A iiiiii. - - \Vesthill,(iut'ajie Coivf Island. \ F. G - In tlie Kurt. Summit of Id. Giiiiil)ia Kivcr. 1 F. 10 70 Cai)e St. Mary 19 IF. Red. 6 3.1 Fort Bullen, Barra point - - S,< SiKRR.V LeO.NK. IF. 18 9G On the Cape MONHOVIA. IF, 15 240 Cape Mesurado Cahk Palmas. 1 F. 13 100 On the (.'ape Cai'K Coast. I F. 20 102 Fort William, COO yds. inland St. Paul (le 1 F. (Lt. Vessel) - . N F. end "f 12 30? y ■'. Loaiido. Loando lleef N. O f IG 0-8 14 441 W. O / Ifi 31 17 .32 14 .30!) 17 24-8 13 30 8 30 G I!) 4 22 1 r> G-3 S. 13 44-9 16 34 13 18 5 Uncertain. S.W. hy W. ^ W. G.i miles from liliixk buoy on African Knoll. S. by E. J F., o-j miles frmn hUirl- buoy on xVfrican Knoll. 10 .-)0 7 44-3 1 13-9 I Visible from N. F. to N.W. E. 13 1G"2 I Vessels should pass to the north- , ward of this Lt. V. SOUTH AND SOUTH-EAST COASTS OF AFRICA. Taui.e Bay. Cm'b of (Ioou llolE. Simons Bay, 1 F. 20 1 F. Red. 10 1 F. & Fl. ev. : 13 It) s. I 1 F. 14 ip 2 10 INDIA.— WESTERN OR MALABAR COAST. K-UiAriii. 1 F. Mandavee, entr. I F. to(!ulf ofKiitch Camh.vv CUlf. 1 F. 1 F. I IF. IF. IF. 1 F. Hi 120 10 80 12 (J() 10 48 10 50 10 01 Fort Manoro jit. W. entrance S. W. Bastion of Fort Periiii Island f'logali Koon Bunder, West liank of river N. bank Dhar- dur lliver. Bogwa Tajitee, ne.ar Vau.\'s Tomb 24 47 3 (iO 58 22 50-3 09 20-8 21 35 72 197 21 40-5 72 10-5 22 17 72 18-3 21 55 72 30-5 21 19-7 72 35 21 5-5 72 37-0 10 30 Maintained by the Rao of Kutch. 11 50 A small light. From 1st Seiiteiiiberto 15th June, From 1st Septendii'rtn loth.lune. 15 'iit ir r- i 1 1-?', so LIGHTS AND TIDES.— INDIAN OCEAN. 1. 2.. 3- 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Nnino of Light. No. of Lights, Character, &«.'. Height of Light ahdve tlie Sea. Where placed. Position. REMARK.S. H. W. at F.&C. Lat. Long. 1 .2 'E N. K. Miles Feet. / / H. M. Ft. lioMKAV. 1 F. ^ Lt. Vessel) 9 30 8.S.W. 4i miles from Tolaba pt, aiulS.W. by .S. :'| mile from the Fair- way Huoy 18 .10 72 47 5 A nine light is burnt every hour, and a tnreh every half-hour. A Jii'il flag sliown when a vessel is seen." Ouns are tired when a Vessel is seen standing in danger. T • 1 F. (Lt. Vessel) ■ i mill' to the S. of the Sunken Roek. (Shannon^ 18 .-).'?■:) 72 50 A lied flag when a vessel is seen. • t • 1 Eev. ev. "J mill. 17 i;!2 t'olaha ])oint 18 -)3-7 72 48 . 11 40 12tol7 ^ , 1 F. .) 20 Dolphin Kock . . ('irr)) light to the S. and E., n7((7c to tlie northward, screened to the westward. Kfiu'i-y Islaiiil. 1 • - - J'ropotied. < 'iia. 1 licv. ev. Tmin. 12 280 Aguada Upper Fort 15 29-4 73 45-5 On a hill above landing jtlace, about a mile from the outer Port. J I 30 Skdashkuk IF. 10 160 Summit of outer 14 49-2 72 2-7 Light to be inade visil)le 20 miles. 9 30 7 to S Uav. Oyster Kook As the Oyster It. is a]iproached by steamers a Red light shouhl be M'vn on the slmre of the bay, and wlu'ii it bears K..S. F. steer for it, and anchor in about 5 fathoms. Sailing vessels should wait tdl daylight at anchor in 8 fms. near the Oyster I'oeks It. ( 'i>uiiita. 1 F. 12 180 Hill at mouth of Creek 14 25 74 22-5 Man.-y. 1 Hov. ev. iiiiii. 1.-) 100 .'^aiiily Beach 9 .30 70 20 With the It. E. by N. you may anchor in to 4.1, fatlioms. It is saitl to be visiblit 45 statute miles distant from the Chant .Mountains. Minicoy. 1 ' On the Island S 17 73 3 J'ruj/ii'Si'd. ( (ILOMnO. Madr.v.s, 1)[VV. 5. 9. w. "3 &, at o; C &(,'. f«:r M. 40 . 30 } 30 f) 1,- I Ft. r2toi7 7 to S LIGHTS AND TIDES.— INDIAN OCEAN. 1. Name of Lij^ht. 2. No. of Lights, Charaetor, &c. 3. 4. ■^ H.'iglit a ^ ofLiglit aliove the Sea. r' 5. Where iilaoed. 6. Po.sitiou. Lat. Long. 7. RESLUiKS. 8. H. W. "S % at ■a n F.&C. M ~ 9. CEYLON. CoLOMHO. Point deGai.lf. l.irrr.E Ba.'^.sas Hoiks Lt. V. TlilNCOMALIE. 1 F. 1 F. 1 Fl. ev. 1,'^ mill. 1 Fl. ev. 4 mill. I F. ■ Miles 16 Feet. 132 12 100 10 33 17 104 10 58 Clock Tower, .S.E. 2.")()yd3. from former pojiitiou On South Bas- tion Inside the ro<'ks, S. by W. 4 W. .j of a mile Foul point N. 55-9 (> 1-4 () 23 5 8 32-2 8 31-5 1 o 79 48-7 80 12-5 81 43 81 18-8 81 12-7 Removed from the West Bastion to the Clock Tower. Within 7 miles the eclipses arc not total. H. M. 1 Ft. 8 18 INDIA.— COROMANDEL COAST. I'liticorin. 1 F. 12 43 Hare I.sland, on ' ()l)eli.sk, 2i miles E. of Tuticoriu 8 47-3 78 11-3 I'.'LUinlien Pass, 1 F. 12 97 A mil'i E. of 9 17-5 79 12-6 I'alk Bay. Pass N'egapatam. IF. 12 100 On a Bastion 10 46 79 50 Ivai'ikal, or IF. 8 65 10 55 79 49-6 (Jarricoll. I'onilicherry. 1 F. 15 131 Stands in the square 11 557 79 49 .M.VHKA.S, 1 F. & Fl. ev, 2 min. 17 to 24 132 Esplanade, N. of the Fort 13 5 2 80 16-5 I'uhcat. 1 F. lied. 6 or 7 ryd Old flagstaff 13 25 80 19 -3 Ak.mkuon Shoal IF. 15 95 Village of Mooiia, or Moonapoliuni, a mile from the shore 13 52-8 80 12 l»IVV. 1 F. 12 90 2 miles N.W. of tlie point 15 58-9 81 9-5 Masulipatam. 1 F. Ix'ed. - - In the Fort 16 9-1 81 8-2 •■olIIiRWAHK. or I F. 15 73 1 Hope Island, S. 16 491 82 18-4 'ioUAVEHVl'T. pt. of Coringa or Cocanada Bay Visil)Ie from N. by E. to S. by E. or 202° open to the E. Visible round the Compass. Lowered to 88 feet during N.E. jMonsoon. Visible between N.N.W. and S.S.W. by the VV. or 135° Visible 146° Visible on all jioints of the sea horizon to the E. V^isible eastward or seaward 200°. Mariners siiould not luring this light to the southward c >f S. S. W. ,^ W. to avoid the I'ulicat Shoals. When this light l>ears W. .^ N. you are to the northward of all the shoals. Visible seaward or to the east- ward 180° Visible when bearing N. round by \V. toS.W. 1 15 1 30 5 t i 34 3.i 9 25 I 2^ Visible when bearing S. by W. to N.N. W. round 8 M 82 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— INDIAN OCEAN. 11 1 1. Xame of Light. 2. No. of Lights, Character, &c. Cocanailft, .Jag- 1 1 F. gernautporain, j or Conara. I S.\NTIPILLY. False Point. 1 F. 1 F. Pilot Ri.lgoLt. V.J 1 F. (a Pilot Brig.) HooGLY River, (Lower Lt.V.) IF. HOOOLY RiVEK, 1 F. (Upiier Lt. V.) Mutlah River ( Light Vessel. ) SAiiiOR Island. ( 'invcoi.Lv, or Kaokai.1. 4. FIfight of Light above the Sea. iMiles 14 18 IF. 1 F. & VI ev. i 15 20 s. i Feet. I F. 15 120 ■M 82 02 5. Where placed. 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. Remarks. 8. H. W. at F.&C. N. aide of entr. N. O f 1(3 56 E. o / 82 13-8 150 Conara Hill, i 18 3-5 j 83 36-6 mile inland About 2 miles 20 20 SO 43 5 S.W. of the 1 point ] 20 49-5 87 40 Moored in 21 J fms. ; during theS.W.Mon soon only Entrance to E. Channel in 7.^ fathoms Gaspar Chan., N. by W., 8 leagues from the lower Lt.V in 3J fathoms, S. l(i° E. froiii Saugoi light In 9 fathoms Middleton point 200 yards from low water mark 2 miles S.W. of Kedgeree pt. A guide for the anchorage. Visible seaward or to the E, 165° A Blitc light ev. hour, and a Jhiroon at the intermediate 4 hours during the S.W. Monsoon (15th March to 15th September.) A gun tired when a vessel is I i seen. 21 .3-5 88 12 A Blue light ev. .J hour and a Maroon ev. ] hour (l,")th March to 15th Se])t). F'rom October to March, in the N.E Monsoon, a Maroon or torch ev. .^ hour, and a Blue light ev. hour. In the S.W. Monsoon the vessel is removed to Lat. 21c N. 21 26-2 88 5-3 I Blue lights and Maroons through- out the night at intervals. Its position is slightly altered as the Channel shifts. H. M. 9 10 21 88 48 21 38-7 21 50-2 88 2-2 87 57-8 Teniporarj/. A Bed flag at main- mast head ; and if in her position a rocket from ICth March to IGth October at 8 ]).n>., midnight, and at 4 a. m. Partially lighted, and now used as can anchoring light. Visible from N.E. round E. to S. 10 10 II 30 9. O t.0 w — Ft. 4— .•> lo; 10 BAY OF BENGAL (E. Coast) AND MALACCA STRAIT. KOOTL'BDEAH. Savage. TKRRIBLE.S. Alguada. I F IF. 1 Rev. ev mm. 18 i 120 I W. part of Id. 13 20 106 147 Great Savage Island, entr. to Akyab Harb. On the S. Ter- rible On the Reef 21 52-5 91 50-2 20 G-2 r2 55-6 19 22-5 93 17 15 42 94 14 1 Proposed. 9 45 10 49 I 9. \v. "s a, it ^•S &c. CSS t^ Ft. 4-5 10 ; ) 1 10 1'2 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO. 83 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8 9. Name of No. of Lights, Character, &c. S > Height of Light above the Sea. Where placed. Position. Remarks. H. W. at F.&C. ^•5 liight. Lat. 1 Long. "a; N. E. Miles Feet. / / H. M. Ft. Kanooox. 1 - - Elei)hant point 16 29 96 22-5 Proposed, i» 1 F. 8 48 Lt. V. at entr. - - A Blue light ev. hour from 7 p.m. to 4 a. m. 3 15 21 Amherst. IF. () - On the point 16 4-5 97 35 A small light. I - ncertain if lighted Double Isle. 1 - - N. pt. of iHle 15 53 97 36 Intended. Malacca Strait IF. 10 to . W. part of one 2 .52-5 101 A Maroon at 10 p.m. and 2 a.m. 6 15 (Light Vessel.) 12 B'athom Bank, in 4 fathoms, 100 yards N. of the iJuoy A Bliiclt at 8 p.m., midnight,, and 4 a.m. A Rfd Hag with White anclior by day. Parcular Hill E. J S. clears N. part of bank, and E. \ S. clears S. part. A screw i»ile lighthouse is to re- place the Lt. V. H.UIIADA, or 1 F. 25 44C On the Cape 2 24-5 101 52-3 Visible when bearing from S.E. 5 .30 13 RacuauoCape by E. round E. and N. to N.W. hy W. Malacca. 1 F. 12 14G St. Paul Hill 2 112 102 16-7 Leads clear of the Water Islands N. by W. f W, 1 30 11 ItAKFi.ES, Strait 1 F. 12 105 Coney Islet 1 8-2 103 44-6 Visible from S.E. by E. round S. of Siug.apore. to W.S.W. or 233° Singapore. 1 F. 15 226 Flag Staff, Fort Cauniug 1 16 2 103 50-9 Visible from St. John's Island to Jahore Shoal, or 90'^, 9 45 10 INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO. HoRSBCKGH, or ! 1 Rev. cv. min. Peura Branca' (Bi-t. face 15 s. Java & its Ids. \. N.I EK, strait of Sunda. Anjer Village. M(aischeneter, or Maneater Middelburg. l-Mam. Batavia. North Watcher. ' 'riiiion Java Islands. Japar... Saniarang. l)idy Strait. Fianjoewangie. Celebes. 1 F. 2 F. 1 1 I 1 F. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F. 15 20 95 I Summit of Rock 150 3 or 4 35 ea 13 54 Fourth pt., 2', miles S. W. by W. of the Port On each Pier On the Island S. i>t. of Island On tlie Island V/. Pier On the Island Katang, or vVestorn Island Jalie point Tabrean, or Duiven Island Utrecht Fort Macassar 1 19 104 25 S. 6 4-5 105 53 1 6 32 5 57-3 105 55 106 30-8 58-8 57 "5 51 12-2 47 106 41-2 jl06 50 2 d06 47-7 [106 28-3 'no 6-7 110 42-4 110 24-2 6 24 6 57-7 I 8 1-4 114 25 2 8 12 '.'^ 114 20-2 5 8-2 119 23-5 I Building. Buildimj. Building. Light bearing from S. % W. to S. 5 E. leads to the anchorage. Proposed. Proposed. Proposed. Proposed. Proposed. Proposed. Harljour light, on Rotterdam Fort 10 • 'i ■'I! I' ! II .) 1:^ <-" i 1 :'!>! ■ 84 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— INDIAN ARCHfPELACU). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9 Name of No. of Lights, Character, &c. > Height ofLigllt above the Sea. Where jilased. Position. llEMAKKS. H. W. at F.&C. C ic Light. Lat. Long. .£5 C S. E. Miles Feet. / / H. M. Kt. Banka Strait. Tobu Ali. 1 . - In the Fort 3 1 100 28 Proposed. Piilo Dalian I . . 4.J miles 8. of 2 55 lOG 11 Proposed. (Light Vossel.) the Islet, cen- tre of Stanton Channel Kaman, or IF. 20 170 On the point 2 4«J 105 8-6 Visible round the horizon. K A LEAN, W. end of lianka Lshmd. Miutok. 1 F. - Pier Head 2 5-5 105 11* Frederic Hendric . . . . . . Prepariiiij. (Light Vessel.) Philippines. N. Port Alfonso, IF. 10 2G8 On a hill, S. \>t. 8 1 117 4 Balabac Island of the Port, E. coast • Calandorang Bay Zebu Port. 1 V. 4 49 bagacay point, N.E. entrance 10 24-5 124 1-5 " - • - " 12 7 Romblon Island. 1 F. - - Sabang pt. , N. entrance 12 37-6 122 15 9 CORREGIDOR Id. 1 Rev. ev. miu. 20 O.SO Highest jiart 14 23 i 120 33 Ciballo Lsland. IF. 6 •27 On the Islet 14 22-.-) 120 30 BcRiAs Island. IF. • - Bnsin Port 13 9-7 123 3-9 91 1 F. - • Busin Port, S.W. cntr. - • »> 1 F. niu^. - - Busainga Port - - - 11 1 F. Blue. - - Malaguing-ilog - - - - , , 1 F. . Kngano Mouth - - Manila Bay. 1 F. 10 51 N. shore of the River Pasig 14 30-2 120 56-5 ■ 10 40 2' )i - 7 29 Sangley point, Cavite Biiy - • Harbour light. COCHIN CHINA. ^ulo Condore. Tape St. Jai.ies, .Saigon River Light Vessel. IR. 1 F. 1 F. . . Little (.'iiiidore 8 40-5 106 33-1 Proposed 28 482 77(>y* 1 > Height of Liglit ivl)OV(' the Sea. Where plaeeil. Position. K - \UK8. II. w. at F.&C. 5^ Light. liat. Long. N. E. Miles Feet. ' ' 11. M. Ft. Yung River. X 3. Yew Islet. 1 F. JM. . 153 Western of the 29 07 -7 121 43 8 three i.sk'tsi, eiitr. of river ,Visible round the horizon. Tse-le, or Square IP. . 186 Oil the l.ihiiMl, 29 59 -t 121 451 Island. ;ti niile.s X. K. of river's entr. Yang-Tse Kiang (Lt.v. IF. 10 68 Mid. of Chan. 31 8 121 .-)8'7 May be passed on either side. 12 15 N.N.W. l W. When a vessel is oh.served run- j" 22 feet.) from (iutzlafF ning into danger ii gnu is tired, and the course indicated t the Sea. Wliere idactui 6. PoBitiou. Lat. Long. 7. Remakkji. 8. II. w. at F. & t'. Avatchka Gulf. !>.V1_M. Bahoishkin Point. il.VKOF. Am IK. IF. 1 F. 1 F. lIorr.NEsT Id. Swan River. KiN(; George .SOINI). 1 Rev. ev. niiii. 20 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 14 24 10 fATE BniiDA, or Fl.INDEIiS. N.W. jMiint of Kangaroo Id. 30 i Red. 15 St. Vincent 1 Int. vis. 24 .<<. 10 (iULT. ev. mill. ; 2F. 1 F. Ebd. 1 F. (Ireen. 10 Sti ur, Kan^ivroo 1 Rev.ev. l^niin 24 I.shand, S. E. ; j point. I 197 92 384 37 1 Rev. ev. i min.! Brt. , 510 80 38 29 29 248 KAMCHATKA. Miles Feet. 24 449 19 294 22 378 1 7 * 1 E. sidn of ontr. Second jmint, W. sideof eiitr. Signal Station, alioiit i mile S. of entr. to Rakovya llarli W. part Con- Htantine Hat- ter j-, opiiosite Nikolaevsk N. E. 62 52-8 158 47 I 52 547 158 42 C 52 575 158 43(5 Vixilile from !■]. hy N. round soiitheily to N. \V. i W. Lighted occaHioaally. 53 7'2 140 41 "8 Indicates the ai>])roa('li to the 1 town of Nikolaevsk. II. M. AUSTRALIA. Centre of Island 32 '2% miles from E. end .\rthur Head ■ 32 3-2 summit, S. j entrance | Breaksea Island,! 35 4*3 1200 yards j ■within its E. extremity ! Princess Uoval ' .S.") 2'G llarl>oiir, "I't. King, N. entr. On the Cajie ; , 35 45 "3 1500 ft. inland Troubridge 35 7"S Shoals, centre of I si, ■did I 115 31-2 115 45 118 3-3 117 55-2 130 ;iS 137 52 Lt. V. entr. of I .34 47 1.38 .30 Port Adelaide,! 1 mile S. \V. of' the r.ar in 5 fathoms j I.efevres Penin,' .34 50 138 31 Pilot Station, \ end of Jetty I '■ (ilenelg .letty, j 34 .59-5 ;i38 .33 outer jiart j Willoughl.y j .35 51-5 138 10-8 Cajte, Back- | stairs Passiige ' Does not fairly ojien till it bean' N.E. \ N., and must not be steered for until it bears N.N.E. i|E. W. by N. .? X. 7.1 miles from the light on iJreaksea Island Red & White altem.ately. Visible from S.W. hy S. to N.E. by E. i\ E. by the W. When the Red light is not visible the Wli'de light will ai>i)ear at intervals of one minute. Vessels should make the light bearing N. E. i N. and steer N.E. by E. 4E., ]iassing about 7 niiles distant. There is anchorage N. E. of light in 8 fathoms, li miles distant. A light is pro/iot(d to be erected on piles to supersede the Lt. V. Anchor in 5 fathoms, light bearing E. by N. Visible on all bearings from N. by W. i W. round by east, to S.W. by W. 4 W. 7 50 1 1 .'56 3 30 5 30 10 9 o & a Ft. '^■i 1-4 9 V. •S& , a V. i'5 M. Ft. LIOHTS AND TIDES.— i'AClllc (Hi N. Niinu! of Light. 2. Xi). (if LightH, {'hiiractiT, &.C. lH) 50 1-4 .•!() 30 ( Al'K NOHTIIIM- IlKHLAM). <'ai>e Briucie- WATEK, or Nklhon. riiitliviiil Hay. Port Fairy. Warrnambool, or Lady Bay. Bass Strait. Kino Island. I'ort PhDliii. 1 C. 1 Rev. ev. iniii. 1 F. 1 F. Offm. 1 F. Rf'd. 1 F. Red (brifjht flash ev. 3nun. ) 1 F. 1 F. Red. MileH Bt.l8 On. 8 >2 l.'l 1 Ilev. ev. mill. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. While .{• Red 1 F. Green. IF. Red .(: White 3. .a Hfi^lit ifLi^ht al)ovi' thu Hvn. 13 3 •24 •J4 /?roach within 120 yards of liijhtliouse. White when bearing from (dmnt E.N.E. toN.E. .|,E. ; /i-rr/from N.E. .1 E. toN.E. ^N. ; 117/ ;^- froniN.E. i N. to N. by VV. .i VV., and Red from N. by W. 4 W. round \^^ to S. I W^ Red light in sight between N.E. ^ E. and N.E. f N. indicates the entrance to the W. Channel, between No. 1 Black buoy and the Wliite buoy, with ])ereh on the lUiyal tlcorge Shoal. 87 I VV, H. M. midii. 9 42 10 50 Ft. !* 8S Mi LIGHTS AND TID BS.-I'ACIKK! OCKAN. 1. 8. 3. I 4. 0. 6. 7. ft. 9. N'llIlK' of Liglit. Nil. of Li^litH, Cluiracti-r, tur. >* il.'iKlit ofl.iKht IllioVf tlif Soa. Where plftfed. Posi Lat. tion. Long. Hkmarks., H. W. at F.AC. 1^ M. E. MiU'H F.'ct. o / o / il. M. Ft. I'liitr i'iiii.ii'. '2 F. l!4tt.uiiart 8 50 N. end of W. - A (Jon^. When adrift two Iletl (Li^ht VoMc-1.) i-acli Chan., in 3 fathoinH lij^htM are exhibitecl. M 1 F. 7 27 (ieelon;,', or Corio llarl)., near the Bird Koeks, star- board Hide, I.t. V. in 2 fatlioniH A (long. When adrift two R'd \tn. are HubHtituted. Tidal nig- nulH, Nhowiug the height of water on the bar, are exhibited from the Lt. V. •> .30 n >t 1 F. ;t Fnd of Steam lioat .letty » M 1 F. .'t • I'ier Head ex- tremity - ■ II 1 llev. ; a tlash fv. i nun. 10 abont 40 Melbonrne Lt. v., olV (lelli- brand ]ioint, in 5 fathonis •M ri'2-1 144 .54 9 A (Jong. • II 2 F. n>'(l. >> each ■ Sandridp', on end of old pier & railway pier • 2 31 - 1 II 1 F. I}r,l. o K.vtreTne of old Jetty • Uncertain. »l 1 F. Bed. 4 • Set'iapiU'r pt., c.d of Jetty 38 12 9 145 2 • o 14 "1 CaI'E SlHANCK. 1 F. & Fl. ov. 2 min. 2.'} 328 Hij.hest ]iart, IS. extremity 38 30 144 -.4 Visilde from W. | N. toS.E.iJ E. A reef lies S.S. E. j mile from lighthouse WlKSON I'RO- IF. 24 342 S. E. part ;i'J 9 14(5 23 Visible between .S.S. W. & E.N.FL » 10 MONTORY. except «!i.ii hidden by the adjacent islands. When the light bears N.E. vessels maj steer direct for the promontory, between Cleft and liocloudo Ids. Port Albert, 1 F. & Fl. ev. 3 9 40 E. J. art LaTrol)e 3S 40 14ti3l Visible between W. by S. & N.E. 11 40 8 Corner Inlet. niin. lied. bland Deal Isi^vnu. 1 llev. tv. min., and 40 8. :w 9,-)0 On snininit, S.W. Hide 39 29 147 21 (J Fre(|uently obsecured by fogs ; at 10 miles distance it is 50" briglit and .W dark. (Iabo Isl.\m). 1 F. 22 172 ')}i milo.s .S.W. :; S. of Caju,' Howe. (JOO yd«. froniS. K. 37 3.-) 149 ■■>-)•! Visilile from E. 4 N. round by N. to S. S.W. 11 10 part of Lsland 'J'wofold Bay, 1 F. li'ed. 140 Lo tkont point, .37 4-.-. 149 55 -G Visible 85" seaward. When rounil- Kden Harbour .S. e.\tremity ingthe lighthouse give it a berth of a \ mile. Jervis Bay. 1 Alt. ev. i min. ir. IS 14 224 About 2 miles to the N. of Cape St. (Juorge .35 9-2 l.'50 47-8 Alternating White, liedSc Orceu. From the northward it ojiens of CnK.>.':'" Head S.S.W^ i W., and when about 8 mi'es distant, on approaorfiing / from south- ward, it must not i'e brought to bear to the northward of N. by V.'. 6 20 G-9 ft. 9. 1. vv. Ji, lit ^ 'i A AC. M c. *-/' II. M. ht. 2 30 ■•y Fit. ; I'dgi' iif 3 28'0 2 153 27-5 153 22 1,53 22-(> 153 11-2 152 13 Visible from S. | VV. to Fi. by N. 4 N. by eastward, In one with the revolving light on a W S. l)earing. liid seaward from the bearing of S. by W. ;. \V., and Whit,' from S. by F. i E. to F.N. F. by the westward. OI)'(cured between S. by \V, i W. -tid S. by F. J E. Obscured between K. jj N. and N F. .i N. ; also between N.N.E. I F and N. by F. 4 F. At tlie entrance to river. N. by F. 580 yards from Lt. V. in 34 ft. is a Beacon Red light. vVest Beacon 1007 fards to the south is a F. light. A White and Red flasli ev. min. The lighthouse should not be approached within one mile. TASMANIA. fioosE Island. 1 F. 20 135 Near the S. pt. Chappel Ids. Swan Isi.anu. 1 Rev. ev min. 14 110 N. point OAI.liVMIM.K P«JUT. I Bev. ev. min. and 40 s. 15 142 Low Head, E. entr. Tanuir River O'Fntrf.ca.s- TKAtX ClIAN. 1 Rev. ev. min. and 40 s. 22 335 Cape Bruny, a.W. point HOBAKTON. IF. 10 C5 Iron Pot Isli , Mouth of Der went River fi 1 F. Rtd. . . Sullivan Cove, Pier Head 40 18-7 40 43 5 41 3-4 147 48 148 8-0 140 48-2 43 29 5 43 37 I 147 10 147 20 At 10 miles it appears for 50 s. briglit and 50 s. dark. At 10 miles it appears for 50 s. briylit and 50 s. dark. For Steamera. 12 10 8 45 44 tk 90 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— rAClFlC OCEAN. Name of Light. 2. No. of I^iglits, Cliaractcr, &c. 3. 4. 4^ Height of Light '•Ji above tlie Sea. 5. Where placed. 6. Position. Lat. Long. 7. 8. 9. H. W. •^ a, KEMAKKti. at ^■t F.&C. '^■j: Port of France, 1 F. Hauraki Gulf. Tiri Tiri Ma- i 1 F, tangi Ishind. Auckland. Cook Strait. Maua Island. Port Nicholson. Nkl-son. 1 F. R&.1. IF. PoKxLrriLETON. Or AGO Ha KB. IF. 1 F. 1 F. lied. IF. 1 F. Red. FoveaUX l Rev. cv. 4 min. Strait, Uog Inland. NEW CALEDONIA. Milesi Feet. Aiuedee Island. S. o / 22 28 (i E. o / 10G29'3 Building. NEW ZEALAND. 23 300 29 4.~0 30 420 12 GO 1 29 450 20 196 18 ir)0 Pier Head N.W. p.art of Island, oil' the entrance to Porirua llarl). Pencarrow Head, Wellington Boulder Pank, S.W', part Hiitranee of Harhour 36 36 o 36 50 41 5 41 22 174 55 "2 174 49 174 48 174 51-2 41 )51 |173 171 41 16 Cachalot Head, 43 35 "5 N. sideofentr. Tairoa Head, E. side <>f entr. 45 47 On the Island, i 46 39-6 S.K. of Bluir Harhour 173 17 5 172 49-5 170 45 168 26 Visible from E. liy N. round N. to S. by W. :,' W. Outer anchor- jvge in 6 fath<»nis, witii light at E.S.E., but do not shut in the light nor approach the point on which it stands nearer than a mile. Visible through an arc of 200°, but when bearing from seiiward, only from W. .| N. round W, amis. toS.S.E. \ E. Visible seaward when bearing from W. jj S. round by south to S.E. H. M. 8 25 3 50 2 50 Ft. 4 II 4 30 5 9 50 U n Tahi Kar; Hi e. 1 Oi 8. 9. 1. w. ■s^ at 4) C I. M. 8 25 Ft. 4 7 5,11 4 30 5 9 "jO It 3 oO 7i '2 50 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— PACIFIC OCEAN. 91 Name of I.ight. Nil. of Lights, Chariioter, &c. ■a Height )f Light above the Sea. WTicro placed. 6. Position Lat. Long. 7. Bemarrs, 8. H. W. at F.&C. 9. oj a 03 -H 03 Oh SOCIETY ISLANDS T.\HITI, 1 P. |Mile.s I 6 Feet. Point Venus s. ' W. ' 17 297 149 29 1 H. M. Ft. HAWAII GROUP, OR SANDWICH ISLANDS. Karakakoa Bay, Hawaii Id. t'. Kawaihoa, Oneeheow Id, N. W. 19 28 155 55 | Bnilding: On the point where Captain Cook, R.N., was killed. 21 45 160 12 Budding. r 1 ■ ii H. I BRITISH NORTH AMERICA. L 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Name of No. of Lights, Character, &c. Height of Light above the Sea. Where placed. Position • Re.marks. H. W. at F.&C. Light. 1 at. Long. M — . N. 1 W. :Miles Feet. ° ' 1 "^ / 1 H. M. Ft. Labrador. 1 j Belle Isle, IF. 28 470 Extreme S. pt. 51 53 55 oo .o A gun is llred every hour during ! Strait, of Belle of Island a fog or snow storm. Isle. ,F. Amour Point. 18 155 S. E. side of 51 27 6 56 50-9 Signals :— Fog whistle or gnu. • Fortean Bay Newfoundland Offer Wadu a:« 1 F. 15 96 On the Island 49 35 7 53 45 1 Bo.NAVISTA. 1 l^>^•. ev. no s. IS 150 ()i\ the Cape 48 41-9 53 5-3 Kei^t . ! F. 15 92 On(;reen Inland 48 30-2 53 2-7 Visible from W.S.W. seaward to 7 N V (> Baccai.ieu Id. 1 Fl. ev. 10 s. 28 443 .1 mile from N. part 48 8-8 52 47-8 When the S. Part of the Island bears N.N.E. A E. within the distance of eight miles, the light is obscured by the high land. 1 Keeper's dwelling White, and roof /.'-(/. Harbour Graci: 1 F. IS 151 N, end of Island 47 427 53 8-2 Visible from N.N.E. to S.S.W. 2 F. Vrllie.ll. 11 40 17 On pt. of Beach, N. side 47 41-4 53 12-5 Lighteil by (>as. West leads in to clear the sjiit of 8 feet. Api>ears as a double light for 3 miles. Obscured by the Salvage on W. }. S. bearing St. John's 1 F. IG 114 Fort .Vmherst, 47 33-9 52 40-3 Visible .seaward from W.S.W. to 7 30 (i Harbour. S. .side of entr. N.N.K. When C. Spear, or St. John's Harbour is envelo]ied in fog, a gun is lired every hour during day. ■• 1 F, Retl. ■ 225 Near a chapel, ill flKllt of Cathedral 47 34 52 421 ' Lights ill one lead through the J , 1 F. JM. . GO Oil tup of Cus- tom-house 47 34 52 41 8 l" Narrows. Capb Spear. 1 Rev. es'. mill. ■'2 2()4 On the Cape 47 31-2 52 37 f Seen round the seaward horizon. Ferry la.m). . . . On the Ca])e 47 1 i 52 51 1 Pr()i>osi'd. Cape 1{aie. 1 F. 19 ISO On the Cape 4G 39-4 ! 53 4 3 J\. conical beacon stands 50 yards 7 Ci 1 S. from the lighthouse, and the i 1 Telegia|ih Station N. 240 yards. • Seen seaward E.N.E. to W.S.W. ^ ('ape I'ive. 1 U. 24 314 On the Caiie 40 37 i ,53 31 7 Seen from W. by S. to S. E. ! Capk St. Maiiv. 1 Bev. ev. iniu. Ifnl ami W'/iilf. 2G ;<90 On the Cape 4G 49 '5 54 11-6 . i 8 30 i 1 7 Bqrin Island. 1 Rev. ov. 20 a. 27 430 On I»odding 47 4 ■ 55 8-7 1 1 Head w. t 9. «a7 M. (» Ft. (> ;{o ci LIGHTS AND TIDES.-BIUTLSH NOETH AMERICA. 93 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Ncamo of \i). of Lights, 4' Ileiglit of Liglit above Where placed. Position. Remarks. H. W. at F. & C. Light. 1 CiiiiractiT, &c. 2 if i CD > the Sea. Lat. Long. 5cr N. W. Miles Feet. / / H. M. Ft. Sr. I'lEHKK [l>. 1 Fl. cv. -JO s. l>0 210 Galantry Head 4G 4G .W 9-1 R('il¥\. succeeded by two White ones. IJui'ing a fog 2 guns are llred at intervals of 3 minutes ev. 2 hours from G a.m. to (ip.m. Obscured on the north by the bhills ..f St. Pierre. 8 33 G.i »» 1 F. G .IG Canon point, St. Pierre II arb 4G 47 50 9G Lights in one N.W. lead in mid Channel tiirongh the S. entrance. /?('4 LIGHTS AND TIDES.--B11ITI8H NOKTH AMKHIC'A. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9, Name of Light. No. of Lights, Character, &c. lleidlt of Light ahove the Sea Where placed. Position. Remarks. 11. w. at F.&C. tc « c rr 'r* Lat. Long. cc — N. W. Miles Feet. O '' ' H. M. Ft. L0N(; I'lUiRIMS. 1 F 12 ISO 120 feet W. ot the centre of Island, and 320 feet S. from water's e 39 7 71 .'{6-2 St. Croix. 1 F. (■) 30 On S. sliore, near H.W. mark 40 37-7 71 44 2 A small light, to assist in kcpi)ing in tlie Chan, for .some distance, up and down the river. I'.irt Neuf. •2F. 5 200 120 (Ml N. Shore, ;] of a mile off the river 40 41 8 71 52 2 S.W., & ?'.('., nearly 180 yards apart. Lights in one lead up the Richelieu Channel to the light on Richelieu Island. 8 30 14 Platon Point. 2F. 12 1.V2 130 On S. side, 1.^ miles below Richelieu Id. 40 39-2 71 53 S. 72° W. 1(>9 yds. aiiart. These lights lead up the Richelieu. Hichelieu. I F. (> 27 On centre of Id. 40 .38-4 71 54-8 This light and tl»e lights on Platon ]»oint are very nearly in tho same line of bearing, viz. N. 73" E. To show off Batten des Crondines Lauglais Point. 1 F. 5 35 On S. shore, h 46 35 1 71 59-6 mile helow and to avoid Battens Coidin, (jreat Chcne and as a steering point for River Richelieu. (Jape Charles. 2F. 4 110 (Jn the Cape 46 .33- 72 4-2 N. 67° W., 80 yds. apart. Lead to and from ("ape a la Roche and Cai)e Charles, and to answer as a steering pt. through P.i<;helieu. Orondine. •2 F. each no 25 On N. shore 46 35-8 72 4-2 To lead off Cape a la R4 Kt. 17 30 14 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— BRITISH NORTH AMERICA. ;•;■> 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1 6. 7. 8. 9. Naiiu' of \(i. of Lights, Cliar.ieter, Ac. ■J lleiglit of Light ahove the Sea. Where placed. Position. Remarks. H. W. at F.&C. 0) - Liglit. Lat. Long. .2 t. ( 'ajio Mailolciiu; (Ul)l)erlts.) Port St. Francis •2F. 2F. Mile.s each Feet. 31 12 N. shore, 2 miles hehiwtheC'ajte S. shore N. / 4G 23-3 40 lG-3 W. / 72 28 'G 72 .37-2 S. 85° W., 235 yards apart. To clear Bature Bigot, S. 70° W.,. 3240 yds, apart. These are very small lights, only 4 ft. S(ju;ire. Ueinoved at the fall and replaced in spring. 11. M Ft, I'diiit du Lac. 1 F. 12 71 N. shore 4G 16-8 72 40-4 This light in one with the Eastern Lt. V. on lake leads u]) through the tlredged channel S. 70° W, St. Peter's Lake. Ivist Lt. V. 1 F. 15 In Lake 4() l.-)0 72 42-3 Shows the turn of the channel at Point du Lac. I 'u litre Lt. \'. 1 F. t) li) S..S.E., 2] miles from lliviere du Loup 4G ILG 72 53-3 We.-itern Lt. V. 1 F. G 15 N. side of Chan., N.E. by X., 3 miles from Flat Island 4G !»0 72 5G-8 Kiiisin. 1 F. (> 30 On the Island 4G G-2 72 57-8 » t 1 F. - " S. part of Island ■ " " ' Stoiu'. I F. 6 30 E. part of Island 40 .^'O 72 .-)0-7 Indicates entrance to channel. ViUtric, •2F. "7 21 13 E. side of Id. 45 52-9 73 10 S. 38° W., 320 yds. apart. Leads to the Chan, called <'lat Island.s. Travel se. 2 F. 2A mile.i above Contrecanir 45 40 73 17 S. 28° W , 15(10 yards ajiart. Leads into La Valtrie Channel and Isle Bouchard, and indicates the New < 'haiinel ; to be kept in line till a Valtrie lights are brought . 1 bear. J'luiii Tslaiiil. . . - , . - Proposed, I'epentigny. 2F. 4 30 14 4 mile below Itepentigny 45 45 1 73 20-1 S. 22' W., 170 yards apart. Leads through Cliannel, avoid- ing Ponillinon north, and shoal on south. Bague, 1 F. 4 24 On the Islet 45 44-2 73 26-2 To indicate the Island, being extremely low land. St. Theresc. 2 F. 4 • On the Island 45 41 4 73 27-7 S. 50° W., 220 yard.s apart. Lcadstoentr. thro\igh Vercheres Clianne], up and down the river. I'liint aiix Treiii- Me.s. 2F. - - W. shore 45 .S8 4 73 29-3 S. 40° W., 000 yards apart. To lead up to Longue point. Montreal. 2 F. Rfid. 4 38 2!t On the Wharf 45 30-4 73 33-2 Shows the deejiest Cliannel to and from the Harbour. New Bruns- wick- Miscoii Island. 1 F. It,'(l. 12 7!) Birch point 48 1 04 20-4 - 2 30 ."> MutAMKiii Bay. 1 F. 14 70 Eseumenac pt. 47 4-5 04 47-5 - 5 20 .") Sliediiic. 1 F. 6 1.5 ('lieiie Wharf 46 14f) 04 31-5 Summer season. Uichibucto. 1 F. 14 70 On the head 45 39-7 04 42-5 . .3 30 4 I i' f^ ] i; i>() LIGHTS AND TIDES.— Bl^ITIHII NOHTll AMKHICA. 1. 2. 1 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8 9. Name of _^ Ifei-lit Position. H. W. No. of Lights, Charaeter, itc. J3 of l^iglit al)0Ye the Sea. Where i)laced. Remarks. at F.&C. ,^.s liiglit.. Lat. Long. N. W. 1 Priuce Fd- Miles Feet. / / H. M. ' Ft. 1 ward Island. i Bkdkqie Bay. 1 F. 7 1.5 (ireen's Wharf 4(5 23-.". 03 47-1 . 10 15 / 1) 1 F. 14 SO Salutation, or Seaeow Ilea d 4ti 19 03 48-5 While na\ igation is open. ("li;ulc)tto Town 1 F. 9 3.-) Blockhouse i)t., 40 11-0 03 7-5 - 10 45 94 Harbour VV.sidoof eiitr. HlLL-SBOROrOH 1 F. 13 08 Trim pt., 100 40 3-2 03 21 Bay. yds. from S. E. pt. of Bay • _ • (ARnu.AN Bay, 1 1'. 14 80 Panumre Head 40 8-8 02 27-7 Light should he kept open of 8 40 5 (Jeorge Town • Terr.as point, to clear the ree. Har1)oiir, S. off Cape Bear. entrance. Uiolunond Harli. 1 F. 8 20 Bill Hook, or Fishery Id., N. side entr. 46 34-7 03 42-5 3 ra9cui.ii)eque, 1 F. 8 82 Sandy Island 40 48-4 04 2-2 . . , . . 5 40 3 N >i.le. Nova Scotia. Pk'touHauboi'r •2 F. Vertical. 11 c.-) S. pt. of entr. 4.-) 41-4 02 39 4 A small 7?fr/ light is seen helow the lantern, kept W.S.W., clears the E. reefs of Pictou Island. 10 PicTou Island. IF. VI .■)2 S.E. point 45 49-2 02 30-5 CapeSt.Geokge 1 ReY. cv. Amiu. '2.') .•(.■)! ) On the N. .side Cajie 45 52 01 53-7 Breton Island Port Hood. 1 F. 10 .-.4 S, entr. of the llarliour 40 01 31-7 lied on N. side, Wh'di' on S. side 9 4i Sea Woi.k, or 1 F. 21 2ns Sumniitor mid- 40 21.-) 01 15-5 To Vessels in dangerous proximity ilAKOAKEI'In. dle of Lsland to the Island the light may become obscured by the abrupt cliffs on the sides of the Island. BlRI> T>U.A\D. 1 ReY eY. inin. 14 77 Cilioux Island, i mile from N. end 40 2;i-2 00 22-5 Sydney. 1 F. 14 70 F'itpt.,E. side of S])ani.sh l^ay 40 10 2 00 7-4 ■ 8 15 5 Flint Lsland. 1 Roy. cy. ]."> s. li 0.-, On the Island 40 111 59 45-8 Visible round the compass. SCATARI Lsi^WD. ] Fiev CY. niin., (lark 4 "li'L 15 1)0 N.E. point, on Trap Rock 40 2-2 1 59 40-3 The light should ncYer be brought to Ijcar to the eastward of N.N. E. or to the southward of S.S.W., nor a|iproaelied Learer than 1^ miles. A signal gun. LoiISBIRO 1 F. u; 85 .V. side of entr.. 45 54-6 .59 57-' - - - . - 8 5 Hakbouk. (JO fathoms in ■shore, onlight- Nova Scotia. lu)use jwint * t/A.Nsu Sambro. IF. 20 115 Middle of III. 44 2G-2 63 33' 7 If a vessel firej a gun during a fog it will be answered by two from island. LiNENRiMUi Bay 2 Vertical. 14 100 Cross Island, 44 18-7 64 9 Upper Wliifi' 45s., dark. 15s. v Upjier, Rev. 8 05 E. point Here vessels niiglit take refuge •V"^ ev. iiiin., Lower F. in case of necessity. »» 1 F - - B.attcry point 44 21-7 64 17t) On top of white dwelling house. Cape le Heve. 1 Rev. ov. .30 s. i;? 72 Ironbouud Id., S. side 44 13 7 64 16 -3 Near the edge of a clifT 40 ft. high. » Mutway Hofid. 1 F. 10 44 Admiralty Head, W. side entr. 44 G-2 64 .32 2 Looks like a dwelling house. 7 50 8 LiverpoolBay. 1 Rev. ev. 2 mill. K) ' 72 Coffin Island, S. point 44 2 64 37 6 Briglit 40s., dark 80s. 7 50 8 )» 1 F. 7 30 Fort poiia 44 3-7 64 39 Little Hope. 1 Rev. ev. min. lif'd. IF. 11 40 On Island 43 48-6 64 47-2 IviiKged Island 10 44 Gull Rock 43 .39 2 65 5-1 . 7 59 ".'. Harbour. SlIKI.Iim'RNK 2 F. Vertical. 18 120 Cape Koseway, 43 37-3 65 15-7 18 yards apart. 8 4 7 llAliliOlK. 10 (55 uear'S. extr., Macnutt Id. I'oliT LATOrR. 1 Rev. cv, 40 8. 12 4!) Baccaro point, W. side entr. 43 20-9 65 28 2 Bright 15s., dark 25s. Tape Sahuc. 1 F. Rid. 12 5;! On the Ca^ ' 43 23-3 ()5 .37-2 Tiiskt't River. 2 F. Horizontal . . Big Fish Island 43 42-5 65 56-8 l'u1)ni('o Harbour 1 F. 8 28 On Beacli loiiit, 43 35-7 65 46-9 Open westwai'd of St. John's Id., bearing N.E. by N., clears the 9 25 12 iS. E. side of I'ntrance ledge ; making the harbour from any other direction the light must be In-ought to the iiortli- vard of E.N. E. before it can be steered for, to avoid St. Ann Shoal. i ^1 1 o :) 98 !■'■ » I LIGHTS AND TIDES.— lUiTTfSII NOltTH AMKUK3A. 1. 2. 3. 4. 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. NiVIlK' of Light. No. oi Lights, C'haraiter, &c. Height of Light ahove the Sea Where placed. Position. Kkaiakks. H. W. at F.&C. Lat. j Long. .25 t~ 01 N. W. Bay ofFiindy Mile^ l''eet. / / H. M. l-'t. •Skai, Island. 1 F. IS 08 K. |)oint, J of a mile inland 4;< 23 'G (iG 9 VAn.MlHTIt, or 1 Jievev. 1 ,'niin 20 117 E. Cajie, S. i>t. 43 47 o GG 9-3 Bright I'l mill., dark ,J, mill. 10 9 IG C'AJ'EFormni Fi)g-l)ell. RRVKn Isi.AM). 1 F. ir. !»2 W. point 44 14-9 GG 23-5 I'fter Islaiul. 2 F. Horizontal 10 40 eaeh S. entrauee to (Irand Passage 44 la-.-) GG 20-9 Seen from N. In'tween S. hy W. and S.S. VV. ;froni the S. hetween N.E. l.y E. and N.N. \'.'. ] W. Petite Pnt-aage, 1 Fl. ev. niin. . « Boar's Head 44 24';{ GG 13 . 10 41 22 N. eiitiaiu'e A'm/.(- ?I7(/7(. DiciiiY, or Ax- I F. I. -J 7(i .S. pt. of entr. 44 41 -G 05 47 1 « VAror.is. • .Miirsliall Cove, 2 F. .") 00 . 44 r)G-9 G5 IG At the distance of ahont 5 miles or Port Wil- '•7 it will show a W/ii/i li;;ht, and liaiiLS. on a nearer a pjiroach n' ;-((-«. Margantville. 2 F. .") .so 27 4,-) 2-9 G5 4 At the distant:e of ahout 5 niil-s it will show a 117///*' light, iuid ou a nearer approach J'ltl. Black J!ciik Vt. 1 F. 12 4.". .S. shore 4.-) 10-2 G4 4G . II 29 3G FIiinroN. ; 1 F. 20 !)2 On the lilntr 4;-) G-2 G4 2 . 12 30 48 Hason oi' Minks 1 F. i.'i 7"> Hurneoat Head 4.-> 18-3 G3 4()-9 I'artri.lgc Island,' 1 F. <) 37 VV. .side of river 45 23 G4 19 or Parsiiiirough Aiijile River. 2 F. Horizontal 10 40 Cape Capstan or H.tty i>t., N. entranee 45 2G G4 50 8 yards apart. Coliecjuiil I)a_\. 1 F. - - ."^peneer point - - - - Kew Bruns- wick, Bay of Fundy. (ililNlPSToNl-. I F. 12 (30 W. part of Id. 45 43-2 G4 37-4 Visible from N.E. l>yK. ronndby north toE. by S. or .'Jl.-)". 11 47 41 I^Nr.A<.:K. 1 F. 15 120 (h\ the pitch of the (/ape 45 .'J5ti G4 4G'9 Visible on the bearing of N.W. ronnd south toN.E. (Jrindstone Lighthouse, N.l<:. by Fl .' E., about 10 miles. Qr.\io. 1 Rev. ev. 20 .s. 1 l.-j 58 (tn a small roeU otr the head 45 19 -3 G5 31 9 - 11 35 30 St. John's I F. 20 119 Pai-tvidge Id. 45 14 GG 3-1 A fog steal. 1 whistle, 10 s. in cv. HvKIiOlK. mill. A bell-buoy near the E. aide of Partiiu the point 45 3-5 G() 27 G Visible from W.N.W. by south to E. by N. 11 IS 24,i t'AMJ'oIiKLLO IJ). 1 F. 1.- (54 ' N. pt. of Head Hnrliour 44 .57-7 GG .■')3-9 Port .St. Andrew 1 F. 10 35 N. ](t. of entr. 45 4 2 G7 4 Visible between N.W. by N. and S.E. by S. . (;i;ani) .Mana.v 1 F. 17 148 Swallow's Tail 44 45-9 GG 44 1 Visible from .S.V\'. round south to IsI.ANli, N.E. N.W. part. .Ma< IllAS [|)S. 2F. 1.-. ,58 E 54 VV Eafitern Light 14 30 i 1 G7 G-2 55 yarilh afiart. A gun fired ev. 4 h. during fog. U 5 18 (iAN.NKT UoiK. I'Uev. ev. 20s. , 12 | C6 Middle Lock 1 44 SO'G GG 47 A gun is lire I to answer .signals 1 1 1 1 1 during a fog. 8. 9. \v. ■3?!, at ^•5 itC. !^^ u. vt ](> .'id 4S 41 ;i(i 24.', UNITFO STATES Niime of Light. No. Ilf I,lL,'lltH, (.'lijinvcttT. &u. n^'i^lit Ilf liiglit abovu the Sea. 5. Where iilaceil. 6. Position. Lat. « Long. 7. Remarks. 'J. FL \V. at V.lkC. 9. 3 ti) Wkst Qi;oudy Hii.vo. Little River. Round Tshin(L [.,il)l)y Island. XlddSK Pkak. Nash's Isr.AXD. .Narrai'iiai'UH. I'l-TiT Men AN. Winter Harbour MocNT Desert. I'. MvEu's Island. Bkau Island. liass Harbour llea.l. >>lioon rslaiid. East Penobs- cot Bay. Lilgenioggin 1 F. L F. & Fl. ev. M ill in. 1 F. Miles' Feet. 17 ; \s:i 12 13 1 Rev. ev. 30 9. 14 1 F. Med. 1 F. 12 12 1 F. &F1. ev. 2 17 mill. 40 I j 0,") I "^^ i 4.1 12.1 I F. 1 1-'. 1 V. & Fl. ev. 1,'^ mill. 1 F. 1 F. Fed. Iteael ^VDDI.r.lMCK 1,i:D(ie. Heron Neek. Widow Island. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. Rtd. 11 14 17 15 i;{ On the Heatl, near Fa.st)iort On an Island, entraiiee of Harbour Entr. to Maeiaa Bay On Island, entr. to Mauhias Bay ilistake Island F. side of Plea- sant River 8.F. lit.. Pond Island S. end of Island W. w. 44 49 ! ()G 30 -8 44 39-7 ' (17 11-7 44 lU-l ()7 21-7 Fog-bell. Proposed. Fog-bell. H. M. i: 12 Ft. Bright flash ev. \ inin. 37 i iMark Mand, I S. iioint On the Roek OfT Mt. Desert Island, and S. of entiauee to Freiicliman's Bay On one of the Cranlieiry Ids. E. side I -I entr. tlaut Island 44 28-4' ()7 31-6 44 27-8 ; G7 4-1 -.5 I I I 44 2/ '3 ()7 49'r) ! Guide to vessels entering Nar- I j raguagus Bay. 44 22 07 r>l •.") There are dangerous ledges from 2 to .5 miles on various bearings : from this light. A Fog-beU. 4-1 21-7 , CS 4'9| Guide to Winter anove the .Sea. Where iilaeed. Posi Lat. ;ion. Long. Remarks. H. W. at F.&C. N. W. .Miles Feet. / H. M. Ft. DfiT I,-ii'k's Heau. 1 F. 17 i;{o Near Castine, W. sideofentr. 44 22 08 48-5 t'oRT Point. 1 F. IG lo;! Old Fort point 44 23 08 484 Marks the entrance to Penobscot 1 Pnv. ev. niin. i:) ()G N.E. side of S. 43 57-() (i9 10 8 River, 'JV'iiaiit Harhour li. 40 E. sideof .Slu'ejis- cot I'iver's mouth 43 49 3 CO 41 1 Guide to Wiscassett. IV)nd Island. 1 F. i;{ 54 \V. side of entr., Keiinel)e(' Itiv. 43 44 4 09 45-9 Fog-bell. Guide for entering Kennebec River. 11 15 91 Seuuin Island. 1 F. 20 180 On Island, oil' K.imeljeclliv. 43 424 09 45-2 Fog-bell. Casco Bay. Cape Elizabeth 1 F. IT i4;j On the (Jape 43 33 •« 70 11 8 300 yards apart. Fog-bell. 1 U. (v. iiiiiL 17 i4;j 43 33 9 70 11-7 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— UNITKI) STATKS. 101 8. 9. 11. \v. ,it V.kV. Rise of Springs. If. M. 11 15 Ft. o; 1. 8. a. 4. 6. 6. 7. 8 9. Niuiio "f No. of LightH, Character, kv.. 1 Ifoigbt of Light above the Soa. Where plauiMl, Position. Kkmmeks. H. W. at K. &('. •9 ^ r.ight. Lat. Long. N. W. . Mil.H Kci't. 1 ' • H. M. Vt. I'liRTI.ANI) 1 V. 17 101 On the Heail 43 ;J7-4 70 12' I Fog-bell. 11 25 10 llAUBOl'll. 19 1 F. IkiL 8 23 N.!']. end of Breakwater. 43 31) -3 70 13-8 Wood Islanil. 1 Rev. ev. iiiiii. i;{ 02 Near entrance, Saoim' llarliour 43 21 -4 70 25-2 Harbour of lefnge. Boii.v Island. 1 F. 174 133 OHYoiU Hull.., W. i.artolld. 4;i 7 3 70 28-3 Wiiale'.s Back. 1 F. and Fl. ov. 1,^ mill. m 58 NE. si.le of outer entrance to Portsmouth Harbour. 43 3 5 70 41-5 Fogd)ell. I'ORTSMOLTII. 1 F. 11 70 Inner entrance of Ilarijoiir, S.W, side 43 4-2 70 42-2 ■ 11 2.3 III Island ok 1 It. ov. ,', mill. i.-) 87 White Island 43 58 70 371 SlIOAl.S. Jlcd .f 'W'liilr Nuwbury Port 1 F. 13 54 S. side of eiitr. to Merrimack River 42 48 4 70 4S'8 The beacon light will be moved as the channel changes. 11 oo !» n 1 \'\ (lii.acon.) 5 25,!s Range in front l|i.swiclillarl)imi' 1 F. & Fl. ov. 1,^ mill. 12 40 S. side of elltr. to the Harb. 42 41 1 70 45-0 The beacon light is shifted ac- cording as the channel changes. 11 20 101 )t 1 F. (Beacon.) !) 20 Range in front .\iuiisi|ii;iiii 1 F. m 50 H. side of eiitr. 42 397 70 40 -G . 11 loj 11. ail Hill r. on Wigwam jioiiit Sti'iiitsiiniiitli 1 F. 11 33 On bsland, N. 42 397 70 35 A local light for Rockport, and 10 57 101 Harbour. side of Cape Ann N, channel inside the Salvages. t Ai'K Ann. UF. •20 each 1(5 -),i, each On Thatcher's Island 42 38-3 S. 42 38-2 70 34-2 70 34 2 2!)8 yards apart. Visible round the horizon. liOiiilonur Rock S.E. by E. ,', a mile. Fog- whistle sounded three times every min., and interval between each blast 149. (iliiuci'bti'rHarl). IF. V.i GO On the point, E. side of Oloneester Harijonr 42 34-8 70 39-5 Fog-bidl. (iuide to Oloneester Harbour, and also to vessels bound to Broad Sound, or near Boston light. 11 4 1(»1 J't'ii Pound Id. 1 F. 12 49 in Gloucester Harbour 42 30 1 70 3J-G Ouide to (iloiicester Harbour. Raker Island. •-' F. 15 i;j 87 04 S. .side of N.E. eutr. to Salem Harbour 42 32-2 70 46-8 40 feet apart, S.E. and N.W. When in range they clear the S. E. breakers. Fog-bell. 11 13 10.', Marbkhead 1 F. 12 43 S. side of eutr. to Harbour 42 30 3 70 1'.'7 Serves for !Marblehead and western eutr, to Salem Harbour. 11 30 12 I ' !» i I 01' LIGHTS AND TID ES.-rNfTKI) STATKS. 1 Nnm< of Light. I'gg llock. No. nt' l,ij,'lltM, « 'li.Hiicti'r, itc. 3. 4. Mi'l^ht ot'l/'^'lit > tlu' .'^fU. \\'lii'ri' |iliiin'(l. 6. I'lwitiipii. liikt. Long. 7. I'kmaiiks. 8. I V. Hot. Boston Bay. { MiMir Li,ii(;i:. ' 1 I" IJ'PSt'JU. Narrows. I.'HIL.' Isl.UllI llcul. Cape Cod Bay 1*1 VMul TU. I Jtev.i V, \m'\\\. I V. /!"/. Itauo Point. l.oii;' Point. 1 F. 2 F. MilcH 1 v.a I'l.ov. 1' mill. 1 F Mayo Heach. 1 F. i Billing.«gat.' M. I 1 F. .Sandy Neck. 1 F, Capk ('iii>, I 1 F. {fiirlilaiiil.s. ! Naiiset Buaoli li F. (rJeacous) Chatham Hakii. East entrance to Vineyard Sound. Monomoy I'oint. 2 F 1 F. I.-. I.-) U II 12 11 20 10 taul 14 II Frit. 87 02 W eSO o;i I'aLJi ;i.-) « >ir Nalmnt (hitcr Minot, ( 'olia.sHct Itks. N. I'litraiici' f)t' liarlioiir, on l.ittk' Hriw- stiT IhIuiuI On till" W. cn.l of .Spit, ulircast tlic Nmitow.s N. 1']. (11(1 of 111. 4'-» 2(1 42 101 42 1!)() 42 I Oil 42 ID'S (•iiriict |it.,iioitli 42 0-2 wiili'of ll.'ii'lionr N.W. point of (.'apu Cod W. o / 70 .'tli-R 70 4.'. '2 70 .'.'li 70 r)4 S 70 .")7 70 .'t.V7 H. \V at F.AC 42 ;t-7 On.Slioal, S.W. 42 t'litraiici' to ProviiKctown llailinur 20 40 :{;! 19.-) !».! each 70 eaeli Head of Well- llect Hay N side elltr. to Weill!. ct \V. sitle of ( ntr. to liaiii-italile Soawaicl side of 42 ('a|ie ( 'ml K. side of ('a))e 41 ( 'o(l, at lOa.st- liaiii SV.sideoflJail..'4 on mainland 42 41 41 lit r),-.-8 .■.2-2 r)io 40-2 70 l4-.'{ 7(» 0-8 Moiiomoy Heacli S. (Xtieniity of Cajie ( 'oil 70 7(» 70 70 09 1-7 .'J -7 10-.-. 56-7 41 .'j;}-.-) 09 .")0-0 09 .-)9-;j (luideto Swiunpscot liarlionr. F..g.|.el!. Fog hell. In oni^ with [jong l.sland Head lij,'lit Kails clear of Harding's Ledge. :tl feet ajiait, N.W. (V .S. K. ; serve as a range to clear Hrown":-i Itank eoniing from sonthwanl aiel eastward, and as a guide into t'lyniontli, l\ingst(»n, !ind Hnx- liiiry. I'og-hell, .•MU feet N.N.K. from 'I'oWer. IServes as a gnide to enter Ca])e Cod |!ay. Lantern on Low 'I'owcr, Keo]ier"s Hwellin^', for local jMirposes, is seen fiDiii W lend liar, and iiliimincs nearly the entire horizon into tin? Harhonr. H. M. ir)0 fwn at'. •;, N. ..t S. Ahreast of 11).-. ;L,'lits the tides divide ail' i.i. n I. jijxi.'-ite directions. 70 f*r^ *t«i-t, N t S. This an ' tbe^'ha' i .n lights serve t"gni' vessj'lsii. .;oing tiironj;h the II rth channel on the south side of the Cape, i.ssing N. of the H.indk.'rehief a "1 Kishop's and I '-'rk's .Shoal. !'his light hearing N.W. Ly W. ; '.V. clears I'ollock :''ips. II 12 II 19 II .-. 1 1 22 1 1 .kS 9. Ml rt. II.', i.'fi 10 I't. I I-' I II', i.r, ID LIGHTS AND TI D ES.- I'NITKD HTATKS. 1. NllllK' i)f I.igl.t. 8. No. rif LiglitM, ClllUdlttT, i"tl'. 3. I'm, LUCK Ull> (liip{llt\'l'HNl'I.) I F. Mil.-H I-' 4. Ilright ullilVl! till' Sea. Pert. 4:. VVlli'lV |il;l(iil. 6. PtiNitioii. I. lit. ■MIOVKLUr, ,SiioAi,(Lt. V. ) H \ni>ki;(1(1iii;k (Liglit N'fssL'l) Vineyard Sound. liaH,N llivor. r>i,>ii(ii' .\Nr) ('i,i;KK'sSii(),vr,| ."^ui.'fiiiiHessft Slioiil (Lt. V.) I Il\aiiiii8. I rcKANlCK SiKiAl, (l.t, V.} Naiitinkct. I I' 1 I'. 1 1' 1 Uiv. iv. 'mill 1 b\ < 'aj)o Pogo. IMgartiiwii. HolmL-.s Hulo. ft Ni.i'Huuf I'liint. 1 Kl. I F. 1 F. 2 F. I F. CV. 10 .-4. ( Boacoihi) II 10 8 14 II) •2(» 1 F. (lieacoii) I F. 1 F. I F. (Beacon; I F. 40 40 40 . 40 170 Oll'Cliatluiiii, 4 luil.'H, !■:.', 8. I'i'iiiii MiiiHiiiioy ligiltllOllMU •-••i miles S,.s.\V ) \V. Irom MiiliiiiiKiy |it. li.L;lilllollMc N. 41 32 (i I,..,,;;. 7 3!" 4 S cAoh III il 4G 5 10 i;} ')'> 12 :t7 12 ()i) I.S so N. sicU> of \'ini' yaiil Soiiml N. part of .slioal nctwct'ii SiR'- coiiiicMHct ami Hlln'iilge iSIio.iIh W. point of Miirtlui's Vino- N.iiil t>laii(l Inside tilt' Breakwater Otf (>o.ss l{i]>, N.W. of Naii- tiieket On tlie r.eaeli, N.W. of Marl.. Brant point < >n ( 'liopp:u|iii(l- (lieh iMJanii N, side t'litr. of Harbour West chop of llarlioiir F.S.E. of iiitr. to WikhLs Hole Harbour 41 ;ti!) 41 2!)\S 41 .•)!l 1 41 ;i4:. 41 .S2 41 20-<» (1 :bi 70 Do 70 2;i 70 !»■!• 70 147 70 2(;';} 70 4!t-8 70 17 41 21;'; ;o 1 71 41 17-4 41 25'2 41 2;{-4 41 280 41 2i;-!» 41 -Mi) 70 -y2 70 2(i-7 70 29-8 70 3.-) -8 70 .'}.")•(; 70 31) Foj; bell, Horn and (iun. diic /lid hoiip-iron day mark at nia.st-liead. A North eoiiriii' from neai' tlii.s veMM'l, if niaib j,'ood, will take a vexHcl through the Slue in .'I f.itlionm at low tidi'M. 'I'lie /)'/(('•/■ biii(\-, di.stant i a mile N. by F. trom the ve.M.sel, mimt be li^ft on the port hand. I'' OK ''ell, Horn &i (iuii. (Ine/i'cf/ iioop-inm duy mark at masit- head. Fogbell, Horn and (Jim. Two hoopN, I'tliirh, on each mast- head. (Jiiide to the anchorage inside the Breakwater. Fog-bell. Two lltd lioiips as day ni.irks. Foj; bill, Horn and ( inn. A roeky slio.il lie.s N.W. \\ mil's I 7 fi'oni tiie il. A guide to \'inf- ] yard .'>ouiiil and Uii/ziird Bay. Leading liuiit for llyannis llarb. I 12 of lu'fii;^'!' (Ill the main land. { Course in N.N.H. for the light Fog-bell, Horn and dun. \ Htd hoop. 300 feet apart, N.W. and .S, F. This Tower, in ranj;e with \an- tiieket lieacoii, will clear Black l''lat. Light shown from a wooden house, in fpoiit of Brant I'oint Lighthouse, H. M .\ guide through the .Sdiiml. and to Holmes Hole Harbuur. Leading mark in 1 u lining through N'ineyard .Sdund. 12 II li> 4;! 10.1 7. 8. H. W. ltKMAIIK^. at 1'. >V 1 '. 9. ii.i 5 in Ft. 3,'. 1; \'- H Ml 104 LIGHTS AND TIDES.— UNITED STATES. If: I:m ft' ' 1. 2. 3. 4. 6 6. 7. 8. 9. Name of No. of Lights, Character, &o. llei-ht of Light above the Sea. Where iilacvd. Positiim. llKMAltKS. H. W. at F. & C. ^•5 Light. Lat. Long. N. W. Miles Feet. ' / H. M. Ft. Tai'iiaulin Cove. 1 F. 13 80 West side of thi Cove nil Naii- shon Island 41 28-1 70 4.1 -1 . . . . 8 4 '-*;} Viiu'viinl Sounil 2 F. •» 34 Near the tSow 41 22 70 57 Fog-bell and horn. A dangerous (Light Vessel.) 2:{ & Pigs iloeka rock lies on the range between the vessel and Duniiiliiig light. Sow and rigs. - - - (^n the Itoeks - - liiiifdiiif). NANTfCKK.T. 1 F. 14 70 (ireat iidiiit 41 23 4 70 2-4 Good anchorage inside the point ill easterly weather, in 7 ami 8 fathoms. Sankatv Hk.u>. 1 F. & n. for 10 s. ev. niiu. 20 150 S.E. jiart of Nantucket Island 41 17 f>9 57 •0 Smith Slidal •2F. 12 44 Ahont 2 iiiile.s 40 r>G-5 09 51-5 Nantcckct Shoals painted on ( Light Ve.ssel.) ea('li each S. of the Shoal both sides ; two hoii])s, AV;/. in 14 fathoms A Fog-bell, Horn and (.iins. Buzzards Bay Ciltt} aur'v. 1 F. 12 42 S.W. ])((int of Island 41 24-8 70 5G-6 - 7 40 M I>>uii|iling Ivook. 1 F. 12 42 Uir lomiid Hill 41 W'lW 70 55 t'lai'ks I'liint. 1 F. 12 o" W. side of elitr. to N<\v Bei Newport Harl). oneiid of Break- water LIGHTS AND TIDES.-UNITED STATES. 105 9. C !ib K — Ft. 2J| 41 ■>ri ■ti 1. N.anie of Li-ht. No. of Light.s, (_'h;ir;iuter, &c. 4. if Ijight iiliove the .Soa, Dutch Island. I'l'lilar Point. I'niili'iicu Islaiiil. liristol Ferry Warwick. Nayat Point. Point Junrrir. Bi.opK Island. W All It Hill. Moutauk. Long Island Sound. Stoiiington. EkL (il!ASS SlIOAL (Lt.V.) Miiivaii Point. North Dunii)ling Island. Nkw Ijondon. BAliTLCTT'sliEEI' ll.ight VoHSC'l.) l-rni.K (liLL Id. Gardiner's Bay. (ianlinor'.s Id. riiuu Island, Cedar Island. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 1\ 1 F. 1 F. 1 Rev. ev, 15 s. 1 F. IF. 1 F. & Vl ov. 2 niin. Red. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 1 F. 2 F. 1 F. 1 F. I llev. cv. 4niin, 1 F. MiK'.s 14 12 10 10 11 12 14 14 14 20 12 10 11 12 14 10 14 r> 12 10 Feet. 50 51 ;io 35 54 .•{1 07 05 172 50 :j2 70 8() 28 ;i5 82 2i) 03 34 Where [)laeed. 6. Position Lat. l.ong.' 7. EEMARK.S. 8. H. W. at F.&C. South end Near Wickford Sandy pt. , E. .side (if Island N. side of entr. toMmint Hojii I Jay South end of Warwick Neck I'Jntrance' to Providence Kiver S. extreme of Narragansett .shore N. point of Block Island W.ntch ]ioijit, 3 miles S. K. of Stoni I J, ton E. extreme of Long Island K. side of entr. Near the Shoal N. aide of Fisher's I land Sound Fisher's Island Sound W. siile of entr. to Itiver 'I'hanies Near lieef .S. sidi', Long Island Sound On North point On W. en